As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 1998.
Registration No. 333-______
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
------------------
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------
INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Delaware 4412 36-2989662
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION (PRIMARY STANDARD (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION CODE) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
650 Poydras Street
New Orleans, Louisiana 70130
(504) 529-5461
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
Gary L. Ferguson
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
International Shipholding Corporation
650 Poydras Street
New Orleans, Louisiana 70130
(504) 529-5461
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
Copies to:
L. Richards McMillan, II, Esq.
Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent,
Carrere & Denegre, L.L.P.
201 St. Charles Avenue
New Orleans, Louisiana 70170
504-582-8188
------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As
soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
------------------
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]
------------------
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PROPOSED PROPOSED
MAXIMUM MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF AMOUNT TO BE OFFERING PRICE AGGREGATE REGISTRATION
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED REGISTERED PER UNIT OFFERING PRICE(1) FEE
--------------------------- ---------- -------- ----------------- ---
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
7 3/4% Series B Senior Notes Due 2007 $110,000,000 100% $110,000,000 $32,450
</TABLE>
(1) Determined solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in
accordance with Rule 457(f).
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
<PAGE>
******************************************************************************
* *
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A *
* REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED *
* WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT *
* BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE *
* REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT *
* CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR *
* SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH *
* OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR *
* QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE. *
* *
******************************************************************************
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 13, 1998
PROSPECTUS
OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING 7 3/4% SERIES A SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007 IN
EXCHANGE FOR 7 3/4% SERIES B SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007
OF
International Shipholding Corporation
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY
TIME ON MARCH __, 1998 UNLESS EXTENDED.
International Shipholding Corporation (the "Company" or "ISC"), hereby offers
(the "Exchange Offer") to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to
$110,000,000 of its 7 3/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2007 (the "New Notes") for
a like principal amount of its 7 3/4% Series A Senior Notes due 2007 (the "Old
Notes") outstanding on the date hereof upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of
Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"). The New Notes and the Old Notes are
collectively referred to hereinafter as the "Notes." The terms of the New Notes
are identical in all material respects to those of the Old Notes, except for
certain transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the Old Notes.
The New Notes will be issued pursuant to, and entitled to the benefits of the
indenture governing the Old Notes (the "Indenture"). Interest on the New Notes
will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on
the Old Notes surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid
on the Old Notes, from the date of original issue of the Old Notes (the "Issue
Date"). Interest on the New Notes will be payable semi-annually on April 15 and
October 15 of each year, commencing on April 15, 1998 at the rate of 7 3/4% per
annum. The New Notes will mature on October 15, 2007. The New Notes will not be
redeemable prior to maturity.
Upon a Change of Control (as defined herein), the Company is required to make
an offer to purchase all of the outstanding New Notes at a redemption price
equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, through the redemption date. See "Description of the Notes - Certain
Covenants -- Purchase of Notes Upon Change of Control." In addition, the Company
is obligated in certain instances to offer to purchase the New Notes at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, with the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales or
other dispositions. See "Description of the Notes - Certain Covenants --
Disposition of Proceeds of Asset Sales."
The New Notes will be general unsecured senior obligations of the Company
ranking PARI PASSU in right of payment with all other senior indebtedness of the
Company (including any Old Notes not exchanged) and senior in right of payment
to all subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The Company is a holding
company with limited assets and conducts substantially all of its business
through subsidiaries. The New Notes will be effectively subordinated to all
existing and future liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries. As of September
30, 1997, after giving pro forma effect to the offering of the Old Notes (the
"Offering") and the New Credit Facility (as defined herein), and the application
of the proceeds therefrom, the Company would have had approximately $108.6
million of senior indebtedness outstanding other than the Notes (not including
guarantees of $77.1 million of indebtedness of the Company's subsidiaries), and
the Company's subsidiaries would have had approximately $113.3 million of
indebtedness outstanding (other than intercompany indebtedness).
The New Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy certain
obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement dated
as of January 22, 1998 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), among the Company,
Citicorp Securities, Inc., Citibank Canada Securities Limited and Citibank
International plc (the "Initial Purchasers"), with respect to the Offering.
The Company will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. The
Company will pay all the expenses incident to the Exchange Offer. Tenders of Old
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the
Expiration Date (as defined herein) for the Exchange Offer. In the event the
company terminates the Exchange Offer and does not accept for exchange any Old
Notes with respect to the Exchange Offer, the Company will promptly return such
Old Notes to the holders thereof. See "The Exchange Offer."
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states
that by so acknowledging and by delivery of a prospectus, a broker-dealer will
not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). This Prospectus, as
it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a
broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for
Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed
that for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this
Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such
resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
Prior to the Exchange Offer, there has been no public market for the Old
Notes. The Company currently intends to apply for listing of the New Notes on
the New York Stock Exchange. There can be no assurance that any public market
for the New Notes will develop; however, if a market for the New Notes should
develop, such New Notes could trade at a discount from their principal amount.
The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of
Old Notes being tendered for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 FOR A DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS IN EVALUATING AN
INVESTMENT IN THE NEW NOTES.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
------------------
The date of this Prospectus is , 1998.
<PAGE>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and the rules and regulations
thereunder, and in accordance therewith files periodic reports, proxy statements
and other documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission" or "SEC"). All documents filed by the Company with the Commission
may be inspected at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission
at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the regional offices
of the Commission located at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New
York 10048, and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661.
Copies of such material may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed
rates. The Commission also maintains a Web site (http://www.sec.gov) that
contains information regarding registrants, such as the Company, that file
electronically with the Commission. The Company's Common Stock is traded on the
New York Stock Exchange and its reports, proxy statements and other information
can also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20
Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1996 and the Company's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended
March 31, 1997, June 30, 1997 and September 30, 1997 and the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K dated January 22, 1998, each of which was filed by the
Company with the Commission under the Exchange Act, are incorporated into this
Prospectus by reference.
All documents filed by the Company pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the
termination of the Exchange Offer shall be deemed to be incorporated by
reference in this Prospectus and to be part hereof from the date of filing of
such documents. Information appearing herein or in any particular document
incorporated herein by reference is not necessarily complete and is qualified in
its entirety by the information appearing in all of the documents incorporated
herein by reference and should be read together therewith. Any statement
contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference
herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this
Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other
document subsequently filed or incorporated by reference herein modifies or
supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall
not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this
Prospectus.
The Company will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of
this Prospectus has been delivered, upon the written or oral request of such
person, a copy of any and all of the documents that have been or may be
incorporated by reference in this Prospectus, except that exhibits to such
documents will not be provided unless they are specifically incorporated by
reference into such documents. Requests for copies of any such document should
be directed to International Shipholding Corporation, 650 Poydras Street, New
Orleans, Louisiana 70130, Attention: Gary L. Ferguson, Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer, Telephone: (504) 529-5461.
NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain of the matters discussed under the captions "Summary," "Risk
Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this Prospectus and
incorporated by reference in this Prospectus may constitute "forward-looking"
statements, and as such may involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and
other factors that may cause the Company's actual results to be materially
different from the anticipated future results expressed or implied by such
forward-looking statements. Such forward- looking statements may include,
without limitation, statements with respect to the Company's anticipated future
performance, financial position and liquidity, growth opportunities, business
and competitive outlook, demand for services, business strategies, and other
similar statements of expectations or objectives that are highlighted by words
such as "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "believes," "projects,"
"seeks," "estimates," "should" and "may," and variations thereof and similar
expressions. Important factors that could cause the actual results of the
Company to differ materially from the Company's expectations may include,
without limitation: (i) the Company's ability to identify customers with marine
transportation needs requiring specialized vessels or operating techniques; (ii)
the Company's ability to secure financing on satisfactory terms to acquire,
modify, or construct vessels if such financing is necessary to service the
potential needs of current or future customers; (iii) the Company's ability to
obtain new contracts or renew
i
<PAGE>
existing contracts that would employ certain of its vessels or other assets upon
the expiration of contracts currently in place; (iv) the Company's ability to
manage the amount and rate of growth of its general and administrative expenses
and costs associated with crewing certain of its vessels; (v) the Company's
ability to manage its growth in terms of implementing internal controls and
information systems and hiring or retaining key personnel, among other things;
(vi) changes in cargo rates and fuel prices that could increase or decrease the
Company's gross voyage profit from its liner services; (vii) the rate at which
competitors add or scrap vessels in the markets in which the Company operates;
(viii) changes in interest rates that could increase or decrease the amount of
interest the Company incurs on borrowings with variable rates of interest, (ix)
the impact on the Company's financial statements of nonrecurring accounting
charges that may result from the Company's ongoing evaluation of business
strategies, asset valuations and organizational structures; (x) changes in
accounting policies and practices adopted voluntarily or as required by
generally accepted accounting principles; (xi) changes in laws and regulations
such as those related to government assistance programs and tax rates, among
other things, (xii) unanticipated outcomes of current or possible future legal
proceedings; and (xiii) other economic, competitive, governmental and
technological factors that may affect the Company's operations. See "Risk
Factors" and "Business." Due to these uncertainties, each prospective investor
is cautioned not to place undue reliance upon the Company's forward-looking
statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. The Company undertakes no
obligation to update or revise any of its forward-looking statements.
ii
<PAGE>
SUMMARY
THE FOLLOWING IS A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN INFORMATION CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN
THIS PROSPECTUS OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN AND DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE
COMPLETE. REFERENCE IS MADE TO, AND THIS SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
AND SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH, THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION CONTAINED
ELSEWHERE HEREIN OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. SEE "GLOSSARY"
FOR THE DEFINITION OF CERTAIN TERMS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. UNLESS THE CONTEXT
REQUIRES OTHERWISE, ALL REFERENCES TO THE COMPANY IN THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL
INCLUDE INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING CORPORATION AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES.
THE COMPANY
THE COMPANY, THROUGH ITS SUBSIDIARIES, OPERATES A DIVERSIFIED FLEET OF
U.S. AND FOREIGN FLAG VESSELS THAT PROVIDE INTERNATIONAL AND DOMESTIC MARITIME
TRANSPORTATION SERVICES TO COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENTAL CUSTOMERS PRIMARILY UNDER
MEDIUM- TO LONG-TERM CHARTERS OR CONTRACTS. SUBSTANTIALLY ALL OF THESE CHARTERS
OR CONTRACTS ARE EITHER RENEWALS OR EXTENSIONS OF PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS. THE
COMPANY'S FLEET CONSISTS OF 31 OCEAN-GOING VESSELS, 15 TOWBOATS, 129 RIVER
BARGES, 26 SPECIAL PURPOSE BARGES, APPROXIMATELY 1,850 LASH (LIGHTER ABOARD
SHIP) BARGES AND RELATED SHORESIDE HANDLING FACILITIES. FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS
ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, THE COMPANY GENERATED REVENUES OF $388.3 MILLION AND
EBITDA (AS DEFINED HEREIN) OF $92.7 MILLION.
THE COMPANY IS THE ONLY SIGNIFICANT OPERATOR OF THE LASH TRANSPORTATION
SYSTEM, WHICH IT PIONEERED IN 1969. THE COMPANY'S FLEET INCLUDES 12 LARGE LASH
VESSELS, FOUR LASH FEEDER VESSELS AND APPROXIMATELY 1,850 LASH BARGES. THE LASH
TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM USES SPECIALLY DESIGNED BARGES OF UNIFORM SIZE WHICH ARE
LOADED WITH CARGO AT VARIOUS LOCATIONS, TOWED TO A CENTRALIZED FLEETING AREA,
LOADED ABOARD A LARGE OCEAN-GOING LASH VESSEL BY A 500-TON CAPACITY SHIPBOARD
CRANE AND TRANSPORTED OVERSEAS, WHERE ANOTHER SET OF PREVIOUSLY LOADED LASH
BARGES AWAITS PICK-UP. IN ITS TRANSOCEANIC LINER SERVICES, THE COMPANY USES THE
LASH SYSTEM PRIMARILY TO GATHER CARGO ON RIVERS, IN ISLAND CHAINS AND IN HARBORS
THAT ARE TOO SHALLOW FOR TRADITIONAL VESSELS. THE 400-TON CAPACITY LASH BARGES
ARE IDEALLY SUITED TO TRANSPORT LARGE UNIT SIZE ITEMS SUCH AS FOREST PRODUCTS,
NATURAL RUBBER AND STEEL THAT CANNOT BE TRANSPORTED EFFICIENTLY TO AND FROM SUCH
AREAS IN CONTAINER SHIPS. THE LASH VESSEL'S SHIPBOARD CRANE PERMITS RAPID
LOADING AND UNLOADING OF LASH BARGES EITHER DOCKSIDE OR AT ANCHOR. THIS RAPID
LOADING AND UNLOADING CAPABILITY PROVIDES QUICK VESSEL TURNAROUND AND MINIMIZES
PORT TIME, CARGO HANDLING AND RELIANCE UPON SHORESIDE SUPPORT FACILITIES.
IN ADDITION TO LASH VESSELS, THE COMPANY'S FLEET CONSISTS OF (I) TWO
FOREIGN FLAG AND TWO U.S. FLAG PURE CAR CARRIERS THAT ARE SPECIALLY DESIGNED TO
TRANSPORT FULLY ASSEMBLED AUTOMOBILES; (II) TWO U.S. FLAG ICE-STRENGTHENED
MULTI- PURPOSE VESSELS, ONE OF WHICH SUPPORTS SCIENTIFIC AND DEFENSE OPERATIONS
IN THE POLAR REGIONS AND THE OTHER OF WHICH IS USED BY THE MILITARY SEALIFT
COMMAND ("MSC"), A BRANCH OF THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE, TO CARRY THE
COMPONENTS OF A 500-BED U.S. MARINE CORPS FIELD HOSPITAL IN THE INDIAN OCEAN;
(III) ONE FOREIGN FLAG CAPE-SIZE BULK CARRIER; (IV) ONE U.S. FLAG MOLTEN SULPHUR
CARRIER, WHICH IS USED TO CARRY MOLTEN SULPHUR FROM LOUISIANA AND TEXAS TO A
PROCESSING PLANT ON THE FLORIDA GULF COAST; (V) TWO FOREIGN FLAG
FLOAT-ON/FLOAT-OFF SPECIAL PURPOSE VESSELS ("FLO-FLO SPVS" OR "SPVS") AND ONE
5,000-TON CONTAINER VESSEL, WHICH, TOGETHER WITH ANCILLARY VESSELS, ARE USED TO
TRANSPORT SUPPLIES FOR THE INDONESIAN OPERATIONS OF A MAJOR MINING COMPANY; (VI)
ONE U.S. FLAG CONVEYER-EQUIPPED SELF-UNLOADING COAL CARRIER WHICH CARRIES COAL
IN THE COASTWISE AND NEAR-SEA TRADE; (VII) THREE ROLL-ON/ROLL-OFF VESSELS
("RO/ROS") THAT PERMIT RAPID DEPLOYMENT OF ROLLING STOCK, MUNITIONS AND OTHER
MILITARY CARGOES REQUIRING SPECIAL HANDLING; AND (VIII) 14 INLAND WATERWAY
TOWBOATS AND 111 SUPER-JUMBO RIVER BARGES THAT TRANSPORT COAL FROM INDIANA TO
FLORIDA FOR AN ELECTRIC UTILITY AND UNLOAD VIA SHORESIDE FACILITIES OWNED AND
OPERATED BY THE COMPANY.
THE COMPANY'S FLEET IS DEPLOYED BY ITS PRINCIPAL OPERATING SUBSIDIARIES,
CENTRAL GULF LINES, INC. ("CENTRAL GULF"), LCI SHIPHOLDINGS, INC. ("LCI"),
FOREST LINES INC. ("FOREST LINES") AND WATERMAN STEAMSHIP CORPORATION
("WATERMAN"). THE COMPANY PROVIDES FIVE TYPES OF SERVICES:
o DOMESTIC TRANSPORTATION SERVICES - the Company provides domestic
transportation services, primarily involving its long-term coal and
sulphur transportation contracts and its ownership of an intermodal
transfer and warehouse facility in Memphis, Tennessee and a coal
transfer facility in Gulf County, Florida;
1
<PAGE>
o LINER SERVICES - the Company operates a foreign flag LASH liner
service between U.S. Gulf and East Coast ports and ports in Northern
Europe, and a U.S. flag LASH liner service between U.S. Gulf and
East Coast ports and ports in South Asia, the Middle East and
Northern Africa;
o MILITARY SEALIFT COMMAND CHARTERS - the Company time charters
vessels to the MSC for use in the MSC's military prepositioning
program and its scientific and defense operations in the Arctic and
Antarctic;
o PURE CAR CARRIERS - the Company transports fully assembled Toyota
and Honda automobiles from Japan to the United States and fully
assembled Hyundai automobiles from South Korea primarily to the
United States and Europe; and
o SPECIAL PURPOSE VESSELS - the Company provides ocean transportation
services under a long-term contract with a major mining company for
its Indonesian operations.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company's strategy is to (i) identify customers with high credit
quality and marine transportation needs requiring specialized vessels or
operating techniques, (ii) seek medium- to long-term charters or contracts with
those customers and, if necessary, modify, acquire or construct vessels to meet
the requirements of those charters or contracts and (iii) provide its customers
with reliable, high quality service at a reasonable cost. The Company believes
that its strategy has produced stable operating cash flows and valuable
long-term relationships with its customers. The Company plans to continue this
strategy by expanding its relationships with existing customers, seeking new
customers and selectively pursuing acquisitions.
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
LARGEST LASH TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM PROVIDER. The Company is the only
significant commercial operator of the LASH transportation system, which it
pioneered in 1969. The Company owns all 12 of the LASH vessels that are
currently used worldwide for commercial services. A key advantage of the LASH
transportation system is that it minimizes port and cargo handling time. While a
LASH vessel is transporting one set of LASH barges overseas, another set of LASH
barges is being loaded with cargo and gathered at the destination staging area.
Other advantages of the Company's LASH transportation system include the ability
to access areas that lack traditional port facilities and to carry larger than
container sized cargo.
The Company believes that the cost of replicating its LASH transportation
system is a significant barrier to entry for a potential competitor. Management
believes that a new competitor would have to acquire not only a LASH vessel
(estimated to cost $80 million to build), but also three sets of approximately
90 barges each (estimated to cost $100,000 per barge to build) to achieve
similar operating efficiencies.
STABLE CASH FLOW. The Company's historical cash flows have been relatively
stable because of the length and structure of the Company's contracts with
creditworthy customers, as well as the Company's diversified customer and cargo
bases. Approximately 75% of the Company's EBITDA for the twelve months ended
September 30, 1997, was generated from its medium- to long-term contracts.
Primarily as a result of such contracts, as of September 30, 1997, 67% of the
Company's aggregate vessel capacity was firmly committed for fiscal year 1998,
and approximately 45% of its aggregate vessel capacity was firmly committed for
all periods through 2004. The Company's medium- to long-term charters provide
for a daily charter rate that is payable whether or not the charterer utilizes
the vessel. These charters generally require the charterer to pay certain voyage
operating costs, including fuel, port and stevedoring expenses, and often
include cost escalation features covering certain of the Company's expenses. In
addition, the Company's medium- to long-term contracts of affreightment
guarantee a minimum amount of cargo for transportation. Furthermore, the
Company's diversified cargo and customer bases have contributed to the stability
of the Company's operating cash flow. Over the last five years, no single
customer, other than the MSC, has accounted for more than 12%
2
<PAGE>
of the Company's gross voyage profits (total revenues less voyage expenses and
vessel and barge depreciation). The Company also believes that the high credit
quality of its customers and the length of its contracts help reduce the effects
of cyclical market conditions. See "Business - Customers and Cargo."
LONG-STANDING CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS. The Company currently has medium- to
long-term time charters with, or contracts to carry cargo for, high credit
quality commercial customers that include International Paper Company,
Freeport-McMoRan Resource Partners, Limited Partnership, P.T. Freeport Indonesia
Company, The Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company, Toyota Motor Corporation, Honda
Motor Co. Ltd., Hyundai Motor Company, Seminole Electric Cooperative and New
England Power Co. Most of these companies have been customers of the Company for
over ten years. Substantially all of the Company's current cargo contracts and
charter agreements are renewals or extensions of previous agreements. In recent
years the Company has been successful in winning extensions or renewals of
substantially all of the contracts rebid by its commercial customers.
Additionally, for over 30 years the Company has been operating vessels for the
MSC under charters or contracts that typically contain extension options for one
or more periods. Historically, the MSC has exercised substantially all of its
renewal options. The Company believes that its long-standing customer
relationships are in part due to the Company's excellent reputation for
providing quality specialized maritime service in terms of on-time performance,
low cargo loss, minimal damage claims and reasonable rates. See "Business
Customers and Cargo."
COST CONTAINMENT. In 1993, the Company implemented a cost reduction
program designed to reduce administrative and general expenses. In the first
quarter of 1997, the Company effected a 7.0% reduction of shoreside personnel.
As a result of the Company's general cost reduction efforts since 1993,
administrative and general expenses for 1996 were $1.95 million lower (6.9%)
than in 1993, notwithstanding a 9.6% increase in revenue during such period.
EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM. The Company's management team has substantial
experience in the shipping industry. The Company's Chairman and President have
each served the Company in various management capacities since its founding in
1947. In addition, the Company's two Executive Vice Presidents and the Chief
Financial Officer have over 72 years of collective experience with ISC. The
Company believes that the experience of its management team is important to
maintaining long-term relationships with its customers.
--------------------
The Company is a Delaware corporation headquartered in New Orleans,
Louisiana, with administrative and sales offices in New York, Houston, Chicago,
Washington, D.C. and Singapore, and a network of marketing agents in other major
cities around the world. The Company's principal office is located at 650
Poydras Street, New Orleans, Louisiana 70130, telephone number (504) 529-5461.
3
<PAGE>
THE ORIGINAL OFFERING AND USE OF PROCEEDS
The Old Notes were sold by the Company on January 22, 1998 to the Initial
Purchasers and were thereupon offered and sold by the Initial Purchasers only to
certain qualified institutional buyers. The Company will use substantially all
of the net proceeds from the Offering to refinance approximately $103.0 million
in principal amount of secured indebtedness of certain of the Company's
subsidiaries, including prepayment penalties of $427,000 payable in connection
therewith, and to repay approximately $1.3 million of the Company's existing
revolving credit facilities. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the
Exchange Offer.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Securities Offered................ Up to $110,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of 7 3/4% Series B Senior Notes due
2007. The terms of the New Notes and Old
Notes are identical in all material
respects, except for certain transfer
restrictions and registration rights
relating to the Old Notes.
The Exchange Offer................ The New Notes are being offered in exchange
for a like principal amount of Old Notes.
Old Notes may be exchanged only in integral
multiples of $1,000. The issuance of the New
Notes is intended to satisfy obligations of
the Company contained in the Registration
Rights Agreement.
Expiration Date; Withdrawal of
Tender........................... The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on March ____, 1998, or
such later date and time to which it is
extended by the Company. The tender of Old
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be
withdrawn at any time prior to the
Expiration Date. Any Old Notes not accepted
for exchange for any reason will be returned
without expense to the tendering holder
thereof as promptly as practicable after the
expiration or termination of the Exchange
Offer.
Certain Conditions to the Exchange
Offer............................ The Company's obligation to accept for
exchange, or to issue New Notes in exchange
for, any Old Notes is subject to certain
customary conditions relating to compliance
with any applicable law, or any applicable
interpretation by the staff of the
Commission, or any order of any governmental
agency or court of law, which may be waived
by the Company in its reasonable discretion.
The Company currently expects that each of
the conditions will be satisfied and that no
waivers will be necessary. See "The Exchange
Offer - Certain Conditions to the Exchange
Offer."
Procedures for Tendering Old
Notes............................. Each holder of Old Notes wishing to accept
the Exchange Offer must complete, sign and
date the Letter of Transmittal, or a
facsimile thereof, in accordance with the
instructions contained herein and therein,
and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of
Transmittal, or such facsimile, together
with such Old Notes and any other required
documentation, to the Exchange Agent (as
hereinafter defined) at the address set
forth herein. Persons holding Old Notes
through a book-entry transfer facility and
wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must do
so in accordance with such book-entry
transfer facility's procedures for transfer.
See "The Exchange Offer - Procedures for
Tendering Old Notes" and "- Book-Entry
Transfer."
4
<PAGE>
Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures....................... Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender
their Old Notes and whose Old Notes are not
immediately available or who cannot deliver
their Old Notes, the Letter of Transmittal
or any other documents required by the
Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent
prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot
complete the procedures for book-entry
transfer on a timely basis, must tender
their Old Notes according to the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth in "The
Exchange Offer - Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures."
Use of Proceeds................... There will be no proceeds to the Company
from the exchange of Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer.
Exchange Agent.................... The Bank of New York is serving as the
Exchange Agent in connection with the
Exchange Offer.
United States Federal Income
Tax Consequences.................. The exchange of Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer will not be a taxable event
for United States federal income tax
purposes. See "The Exchange Offer - United
States Federal Income Tax Consequences of
the Exchange of Notes."
CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING OLD NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER
If a holder of Old Notes does not exchange such Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such Old Notes will continue to be subject to
the restrictions on transfer contained in the legend thereon. In general, the
Old Notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities
Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to,
the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The Company does not
currently anticipate that it will register Old Notes under the Securities Act.
See "Description of the Notes - Registration Rights."
Based on certain interpretive letters issued by the staff of the
Commission to third parties in unrelated transactions, the Company believes that
holders of Old Notes (other than any holder who is an "affiliate" of the Company
within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who exchange their Old
Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer generally may offer such New
Notes for resale, resell such New Notes and otherwise transfer such New Notes
without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of
the Securities Act, provided such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course
of the holders' business and such holders have no arrangement with any person to
participate in a distribution of such New Notes. However, the Company does not
intend to request the SEC to consider, and the SEC has not considered, the
Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter and there can be no
assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with
respect to the Exchange Offer as in such other circumstances. Each holder, other
than a broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it is not engaged in, and does not
intend to engage in a distribution of New Notes and has no arrangement or
understanding to participate in a distribution of New Notes. Each broker-dealer
that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such New Notes. See "Plan of Distribution." In addition, to comply with state
securities laws, the New Notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been
registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration
or qualification is available and is complied with. The Company has agreed,
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and subject to certain specified
limitations therein, to register or qualify the Notes for offer or sale under
the securities or blue sky laws of such states as any holder of the Notes
reasonably requests in writing. Holders of Old Notes do not have any appraisal
or dissenters' rights in connection with the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange
Offer - Consequences of Failure to Exchange; Resales of New Notes."
The Old Notes are currently eligible for trading in the Private Offerings,
Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages ("PORTAL") market. Following
commencement of the Exchange Offer but prior to its
5
<PAGE>
consummation, the Old Notes may continue to be traded in the PORTAL market.
Following consummation of the Exchange Offer, the New Notes will not be eligible
for PORTAL trading.
THE NEW NOTES
Issuer............................ International Shipholding Corporation
Securities Offered................ $110,000,000 principal amount of 7 3/4%
Senior Notes due 2007.
Interest ......................... The Notes will bear interest at a rate of
7 3/4% per annum. Interest on the New Notes
will accrue from the last interest payment
date on which interest was paid on the Old
Notes surrendered in exchange therefor or,
if no interest has been paid on the Old
Notes, from the date of original issue of
the Old Notes. Interest on the New Notes
will be payable semi-annually on each April
15 and October 15 commencing on April 15,
1998.
Maturity Date..................... October 15, 2007.
Redemption........................ The New Notes will not be redeemable prior
to maturity, nor will the Company be
required to make any mandatory sinking fund
payments in respect of the New Notes.
Ranking........................... The New Notes will be (as the Old Notes are)
general unsecured senior obligations of the
Company and will rank PARI PASSU in right of
payment with all other senior indebtedness
of the Company and senior in right of
payment to all subordinated indebtedness of
the Company. The Company is a holding
company with limited assets and conducts
substantially all of its business through
subsidiaries. The New Notes will be
effectively subordinated to all existing and
future liabilities of the Company's
subsidiaries. As of September 30, 1997,
after giving pro forma effect to the
Offering and the application of the proceeds
therefrom, the Company would have had
approximately $108.6 million of senior
indebtedness outstanding other than the
Notes (not including guarantees of $77.1
million of indebtedness of the Company's
subsidiaries), and the Company's
subsidiaries would have had approximately
$113.3 million of indebtedness outstanding
(other than intercompany indebtedness).
Change of Control................. In the event of a Change of Control (as
defined herein), the Company will be
obligated to make an offer to purchase all
of the outstanding New Notes (and any
outstanding Old Notes) at a redemption price
of 101% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the redemption date. See "Description of the
Notes - Certain Covenants--Purchase of Notes
upon Change of Control."
Asset Sale Proceeds............... The Company will be obligated in certain
circumstances to offer to purchase the New
Notes (and any outstanding Old Notes) at a
redemption price of 100% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, with the net cash proceeds
of certain sales or other dispositions of
assets. See "Description of the Notes -
Certain Covenants -- Disposition of Proceeds
of Asset Sales."
6
<PAGE>
Certain Covenants................. The Indenture contains covenants with
respect to the following matters: (i)
limitations on additional indebtedness; (ii)
limitations on restricted payments; (iii)
limitations on transactions with affiliates;
(iv) limitations on liens; (v) limitations
on guarantees of subsidiaries; (vi)
restrictions on preferred stock issuances by
subsidiaries; (vii) limitations on dividends
and other payment restrictions affecting
subsidiaries; (viii) limitations on
unrestricted subsidiaries; (ix) limitations
on sale and leaseback transactions; and (x)
restrictions on mergers, consolidations and
transfers of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company to another person.
Registration Rights ............. Holders of New Notes are not entitled to any
registration rights with respect to the New
Notes. Pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement, the Company agreed to file, at
its cost, the registration statement of
which this Prospectus is a part with respect
to the Exchange Offer (the "Exchange Offer
Registration Statement"). See "Description
of the Notes - Registration Rights."
RISK FACTORS
Prospective purchasers of the Notes should consider carefully all of the
information contained in this Prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the
specific factors set forth herein under "Risk Factors" regarding certain risks
involved in an investment in the Notes.
7
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS
IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE
At September 30, 1997, after giving pro forma effect to the Offering and
the New Credit Facility, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the
Company and its subsidiaries would have had outstanding aggregate long-term
indebtedness, including the current portion thereof (other than intercompany
indebtedness), of $331.3 million and a debt-to-equity ratio of 1.9 to 1. See
"Capitalization." Upon consummation of the Offering and the application of the
proceeds therefrom, the Company will continue to be highly leveraged and to
devote a substantial portion of its operating income to debt service. To date,
the Company has been able to generate sufficient cash from operations to meet
annual interest and principal payments on its indebtedness. The Company's
ability to pay interest on the New Notes and to satisfy its other debt
obligations will depend upon its future operating performance, which will be
affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other
factors, certain of which are beyond its control. If the Company's cash flow and
capital resources are insufficient to fund its debt service obligations, the
Company may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets,
obtain additional equity capital or restructure its debt. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to generate sufficient cash flow to
cover required interest and principal payments. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and
Capital Resources." Subject to compliance with various financial and other
covenants imposed by the Indenture and other debt instruments governing the
existing indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries, the Company and its
subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness from time to time. See
"Description of the Notes."
The degree to which the Company is leveraged could have important
consequences to holders of the New Notes. Among other things, high leverage may:
(i) impair the Company's ability to obtain additional financing for working
capital, capital expenditures, vessel and other acquisitions, and general
corporate purposes; (ii) require the Company to dedicate a substantial portion
of its cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest; (iii)
place the Company at a competitive disadvantage to less highly-leveraged
competitors; and (iv) make the Company more vulnerable to economic downturns and
limit its ability to withstand competitive pressures.
RANKING OF THE NEW NOTES; HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE
The New Notes (as the Old Notes are) will be general unsecured senior
obligations of the Company and, as such, will rank PARI PASSU in right of
payment with all other existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company
and senior in right of payment to all subordinated indebtedness of the Company.
As of September 30, 1997, after giving pro forma effect to the Offering and the
New Credit Facility, and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Company
would have had approximately $108.6 million of senior indebtedness outstanding
other than the Notes (not including guarantees of $77.1 million of indebtedness
of the Company's subsidiaries), and the Company's subsidiaries would have had
approximately $113.3 million of indebtedness outstanding (other than
intercompany indebtedness).
The Company is a holding company with limited assets and conducts
substantially all of its business through subsidiaries. Accordingly, the New
Notes (as the Old Notes are) will effectively be subordinated to all existing
and future liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries. Any right of the Company
to participate in any distribution of the assets of any of the Company's
subsidiaries upon the liquidation, reorganization or insolvency of such
subsidiary (and the consequent right of the holders of the New Notes to
participate in the distribution of those assets) will be subject to the prior
claims of the subsidiary's creditors, except to the extent that the Company
otherwise has a claim against such subsidiary as a creditor of such subsidiary.
The debt obligations of the Company's subsidiaries are generally secured, and,
collectively, these obligations are secured by substantially all of the
subsidiaries' assets, including vessels, charter agreements and certain other
contracts. As of September 30, 1997, after giving pro forma effect to the
Offering, the New Credit Facility and the application of proceeds therefrom, the
Company would have had approximately $113.3 million of consolidated secured
indebtedness. A substantial portion of these obligations is guaranteed by the
Company.
8
<PAGE>
The Company's ability to make required principal and interest payments on
its indebtedness, including the New Notes, depends on the earnings of its
subsidiaries and on its ability to receive funds from such subsidiaries through
dividends or other payments. Certain of the subsidiaries' loan agreements
restrict the ability of the subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Company.
Currently, under the terms of such agreements, certain of the Company's
principal subsidiaries are able to pay as dividends to the Company only 40% of
their net income (as defined) but may make loans or advances to the Company
provided that such subsidiaries continue to comply with certain financial tests.
Because the ability to make such dividend payments or loans and advances is
dependent upon such subsidiaries' continued compliance with certain financial
tests, there is no assurance that in the future any such dividends or loans and
advances will be permitted. The Company anticipates that it will be able to make
required interest and principal payments on the Notes whether or not such
subsidiaries are able to make maximum permissible dividend payments of 40% of
their respective net incomes. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness" and
"Description of the Notes."
RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY TERMS OF THE COMPANY'S INDEBTEDNESS
The Indenture restricts, among other things, the ability of the Company
and its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make
certain other restricted payments, incur liens to secure indebtedness, apply net
proceeds from certain asset sales, merge or consolidate with any other person,
sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of substantially all of the assets of the
Company, or enter into certain transactions with affiliates. In addition,
various other agreements under which the Company and its subsidiaries have
borrowed money contain other more restrictive covenants. Under the most
restrictive of such covenants, the Company or its subsidiaries or both are
required to maintain (i) positive working capital positions, (ii) minimum levels
of net worth, (iii) maximum debt to net worth ratios and (iv) minimum levels of
liquidity. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness." As a result of these
covenants, the ability of the Company to respond to changes in business and
economic conditions and to secure additional financing, if needed, may be
significantly restricted, and the Company may be prevented from engaging in
transactions that otherwise might be considered beneficial to the Company. See
"Description of the Notes - Certain Covenants." Certain of these other
agreements also require the Company to satisfy certain financial tests. The
breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under several other
of these agreements. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under any such
agreement, the lenders thereunder could elect to declare all amounts outstanding
thereunder to be immediately due and payable. If the Company were unable to
repay those amounts, such lenders could proceed against the collateral securing
that indebtedness. If amounts outstanding under such agreements were to be
accelerated, there can be no assurance that the assets of the Company would be
sufficient to generate sufficient cash flow to repay in full the New Notes or
any other indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries.
REGULATION
The Company's business is materially affected by government regulation in
the form of international conventions, national, state and local laws and
regulations, and laws and regulations of the flag nations of the Company's
vessels, including laws relating to the discharge of materials into the
environment. Because such conventions, laws and regulations are often revised,
the Company is unable to predict the ultimate costs of compliance. In addition,
the Company is required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies
to obtain and maintain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect
to its operations. In certain instances, the failure to obtain or maintain such
permits, licenses or certificates could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business. In the event of war or national emergency, the Company's
U.S. flag vessels are subject to requisition by the United States without any
guarantee of compensation for lost profits, although the United States
government has traditionally paid fair compensation in such circumstances. See
"Business - Regulation."
REDUCTION OF SUBSIDY PAYMENTS
Until early 1997, the Company received operating differential subsidy
payments with respect to four of its LASH vessels under a federal program
designed to allow U.S. ships to compete with lower-cost foreign competitors. For
the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, the Company received aggregate
subsidy payments under this program of $21.7 million, $22.7 million and $25.6
million, respectively. Although the Company's operating differential subsidy
("ODS") agreement has lapsed, all four of the Company's LASH vessels that
previously received such subsidies, and three of its other vessels, have
qualified to participate in a new subsidy program created under the Maritime
Security
9
<PAGE>
Act of 1996 (the "MSA"). Under this new program, each participating vessel is
eligible to receive annual subsidy payments of $2.1 million through fiscal 2005.
Also, this program eliminates the trade route restrictions imposed by the ODS
program and provides flexibility to operate freely in the competitive market.
Payments under this program are subject to annual appropriation by Congress and
are not guaranteed. If sufficient appropriations are not made by Congress in any
fiscal year with respect to this program, the Company would be permitted to
reflag its vessels under foreign registry. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations General" and "Business
- - Regulation."
DEPENDENCE ON GOVERNMENT CHARTERS AND CONTRACTS
The Company is materially dependent on various charters or contracts with
agencies of the United States government. Companies engaged in government
contracting are subject to certain unique business risks. Among these risks are
dependence on congressional appropriations and administrative allotment of
funds, and changing policies and regulations. Because the government contracts
held by the Company are usually awarded for relatively short periods of time and
are subject to renewal options in favor of the government, the stability and
continuity of that portion of the Company's business depends on the periodic
exercise by the government of contract renewal options. Further, the government
contracting laws provide that the United States government is to do business
only with responsible contractors. In this regard, federal agencies have the
authority under certain circumstances to suspend or debar a contractor from
further government contracting for a certain period of time in order to protect
the government's interest. The Company has never been suspended or debarred from
government contracting, nor has it ever been the subject of any proceeding for
such a purpose.
Revenues from charters and contracts with the MSC were $69.6 million and
$54.1 million (or 18.4% and 18.5% of total revenues) for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 1997,
respectively. The Company currently has nine vessels under time charter or
contract to the MSC. During any extension period under each MSC charter or
contract, the MSC has the right to terminate the charter or contract upon 30
days' notice. Historically, the MSC has exercised substantially all of its
renewal options on the Company's charters or contracts, and the Company
generally has been successful in winning charter or contract renewals when they
are rebid. See "Business - Military Sealift Command" and "- Regulation."
COMPETITION
The shipping industry is intensely competitive and can be influenced by
economic and political events that are outside the control of shipping
companies. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to renew
expiring charters on economically attractive terms, maintain attractive freight
rates or otherwise successfully compete against its competitors. See "Business -
Competition."
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
Niels W. Johnsen, the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company, Erik F. Johnsen, the President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Company (and the brother of Niels W. Johnsen) and their spouses, children and
grandchildren (collectively, the "Johnsen Family"), beneficially owned an
aggregate of 29.0% of the common stock of the Company as of November 30, 1997.
By virtue of such ownership, the Johnsen Family may continue to have the power
to determine many of the policies of the Company and its subsidiaries, the
election of the Company's directors and officers and the outcome of various
corporate actions requiring shareholder approval.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
The Company uses a significant number of computer systems, including
applications used in sales, shipping, communications, finance and various
administrative functions. To the extent that the Company's software applications
contain source code that is unable to appropriately interpret calendar year 2000
and subsequent years, some level of modification or replacement of such
applications will be necessary. The Company has reviewed all of its systems in
order to verify that they are "year 2000 compliant" and has concluded that they
are, with limited exceptions that will require only minor modification.
Accordingly, management does not expect year 2000 compliance costs to have a
10
<PAGE>
material adverse impact on the Company. No assurance can be given, however, that
all of the Company's systems will be year 2000 compliant or that compliance
costs or the impact of the Company's failure to achieve full year 2000
compliance will not have a material adverse effect on the Company. Additionally,
the Company could be adversely affected by the failure of one or more of its
customers, lenders, supplies or other organizations with which it conducts
business to become fully year 2000 compliant.
CHANGE OF CONTROL
Upon a "Change of Control" each holder of New Notes (and of any
outstanding Old Notes) will have the right to require the Company to purchase
all or a portion of such holder's Notes at a price equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest through the
date of purchase. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be
available to the Company at the time of any Change of Control to make any
required repurchase of Notes tendered. Certain of the other debt instruments of
the Company and its subsidiaries have change of control provisions that, if
triggered, would result in an event of default under such other indebtedness.
The definition of change of control in these instruments varies and, in several
instances, includes a material change in the management of the Company. See
"Description of the Notes - Certain Covenants -- Purchase of Notes Upon Change
of Control" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness."
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE AND REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER OF NEW NOTES
Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon as a
consequence of the issuance of the Old Notes pursuant to an exemption from, or
in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities
Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Old Notes may not be
offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to
an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. The Company does not currently anticipate that
it will register Old Notes under the Securities Act.
Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, as set forth in
no-action letters issued to third parties, the Company believes that New Notes
issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered
for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any
such holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule
405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such New
Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such
holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution
of such New Notes. However, the Company does not intend to request the SEC to
consider, and the SEC has not considered, the Exchange Offer in the context of a
no-action letter and there can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would
make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in such other
circumstances. Each holder, other than a broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it
is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Notes
and has no arrangement or understanding to participate in a distribution of New
Notes. If any holder is an affiliate of the Company, is engaged in or intends to
engage in or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the
distribution of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer,
such holder (i) cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of
the SEC and (ii) must comply with registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in
exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer
as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company
has agreed that, for a period of 180 calendar days following the consummation of
the Exchange Offer, it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer
for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
In addition, to comply with the state securities laws, the New Notes may
not be offered or sold in any state unless they have been registered or
qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or
qualification is
11
<PAGE>
available and is complied with. The company has agreed, pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement and subject to certain specified limitations
therein, to register or qualify the New Notes for offer or sale under the
securities or blue sky laws of such states as any holder of the Notes reasonably
requests in writing. See "The Exchange Offer Consequences of Failure to
Exchange; Resales of New Notes."
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NEW NOTES
The New Notes are new securities for which there is currently no market.
Although Citicorp Securities, Inc. has informed the Company that it currently
intends to make a market in the New Notes, it is not obligated to do so and any
such market making may be discontinued at any time without notice. In addition,
such market making activity may be limited during the pendency of the Exchange
Offer or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement in lieu thereof.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any
market for the New Notes. The Old Notes currently are eligible for trading by
qualified buyers in the PORTAL market. The Company intends to apply for listing
of the New Notes on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE").
The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum or maximum
aggregate principal amount of Old Notes being tendered for exchange. No
assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the New
Notes (or any Old Notes not exchanged) following the Exchange Offer.
The liquidity of, and trading market for, the New Notes (and any
outstanding Old Notes) may also be adversely affected by a general decline in
the market or by a decline in the market for similar securities. Such declines
may adversely affect such liquidity and trading markets independent of the
financial performance of, and prospects for, the Company.
12
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
There will be no proceeds to the Company from the exchange of Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the cash and cash equivalents, current
maturities of long-term debt and consolidated capitalization of the Company as
of September 30, 1997 and as adjusted to give effect to the Offering and the New
Credit Facility, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom. This
information should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements and the related notes and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere
herein.
SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
-------------------------
ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED
-------- -----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
Cash and cash equivalents(1) .................. $ 25,208 $ 22,608
======== ========
Current maturities of long-term debt(2) ....... $ 37,400 $ 13,269
-------- --------
Long-term debt:
9% Senior Notes Due 2003 .................. $ 93,891 $ 93,891
Title XI guaranteed ship financing bonds .. 36,676 33,214
Notes payable to banks and other
financial institutions .................. 147,415 51,785
New Credit Facility ....................... -- 14,670
Old Notes(3) .............................. -- 109,435
Capitalized lease obligations ............. 14,994 14,994
-------- --------
Total long-term debt .................. 292,976 317,989
-------- --------
Total debt .................................... $330,376 $331,258
======== ========
Stockholders' investment ...................... $172,853 $171,827(4)
======== ========
Total capitalization(5) ....................... $465,829 $489,816
======== ========
- ------------
(1) Includes approximately $12.2 million of cash and cash equivalents that the
Company is required to maintain pursuant to restrictive covenants
contained in various of its financing agreements, $8.7 million of which
the Company is required to maintain for the account of its insurance
subsidiary. These restrictive covenants prohibit the Company from using
such cash and cash equivalents to repay any of the Company's outstanding
indebtedness.
(2) Includes current maturities of capitalized lease obligations of $2.6
million.
(3) Net of unamortized discount of $564,960.
(4) Includes the payment of $427,000 in make-whole premium on one of the
Company's loans as well as the write-off of approximately $1.2 million of
unamortized costs on the retired indebtedness, net of tax effects.
(5) Includes long-term debt and stockholders' investment. Excludes current
maturities of long-term debt.
13
<PAGE>
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial information is qualified by
reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included
elsewhere herein and the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the
related notes thereto incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. The
financial information as of and for each of the years in the five-year period
ended December 31, 1996, are derived from the Company's audited Consolidated
Financial Statements. The financial information as of and for the nine-month
periods ended September 30, 1996 and 1997, are derived from unaudited
consolidated financial statements of the Company, which in the opinion of
management reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial condition and
results of operations as of such dates and for such periods. The results of
operations for the first nine months of 1997 are not necessarily indicative of
the results of operations that might be expected for the entire year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenue .................................... $ 304,872 $ 322,313 $ 320,585 $ 319,084 $ 353,346 $ 263,773 $ 280,434
Operating differential subsidy ............. 19,736 19,338 21,748 22,705 25,581 19,655 12,389
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total revenue .............................. 324,608 341,651 342,333 341,789 378,927 283,428 292,823
Voyage expenses including vessel and
barge depreciation ..................... 267,027 277,333 277,018 277,253 311,979 232,689 250,636
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Gross voyage profit ........................ 57,581 64,318 65,315 64,536 66,948 50,739 42,187
Administrative and general expenses ........ 26,540 28,206 27,454 26,615 26,256 19,723 19,422
Gain (loss) on sales of equipment and
investments ............................ (106) 374 -- 17,409 -- -- --
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating income ........................... 30,935 36,486 37,861 37,921 40,692 31,016 22,765
Interest expense ........................... 21,679 21,245 21,650 25,561 28,528 21,478 20,879
Investment income .......................... 1,135 1,748 2,826 2,676 1,935 1,516 1,081
Other income ............................... 2,059 -- -- -- -- -- --
Equity in net income (loss) of
unconsolidated entities (net of
applicable taxes) ...................... (1,421) (2,289) 776 331 -- -- --
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income before provision for income taxes,
extraordinary item and cumulative
effect of accounting change ............ 11,029 14,700 19,813 32,776 14,099 11,054 2,967
Provision for income taxes ................. 4,530 7,055 6,762 11,796 5,463 4,068 1,292
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income before cumulative effect of
accounting change or extraordinary
item ................................... 6,499 7,645 13,051 20,980 8,636 6,986 1,675
Cumulative effect of accounting change ..... (3,218) -- -- -- -- -- --
Extraordinary loss on early retirement of
debt ................................... -- (1,716) -- -- (813) -- --
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income ................................. $ 3,281 $ 5,929 $ 13,051 $ 20,980 $ 7,823 $ 6,986 $ 1,675
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(1) .................................. $ 75,209 $ 81,166 $ 79,482 $ 81,877 $ 94,929 $ 71,021 $ 68,770
Depreciation and amortization expense ...... 42,215 44,680 41,621 43,963 54,248 40,005 46,005
Capital expenditures:
Vessel acquisition costs ............... 12,074 1,700 52,200 121,600 57,900 50,600 13,112
Barge acquisition and refurbishment
and vessel life extension costs(2) 44,989 7,844 1,877 3,342 4,504 1,000 2,573
Drydocking, positioning and other
costs(2) ........................... 27,514 22,112 9,088 14,682 30,871 28,593 16,385
Cash dividends per common share (3) ........ 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.18 0.25 0.19 0.19
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(4) ...... 1.6x 1.8x 1.9x 2.2x 1.5x 1.5x 1.1x
Cash flow from:
Operating activities ................... 54,259 63,219 58,834 53,978 48,954 35,782 45,555
Investing activities ................... (84,717) (48,962) (56,809) (79,166) (76,569) (62,707) (39,956)
Financing activities ................... 23,500 (23,510) 5,960 49,858 16,354 15,345 (23,411)
Principal payments on long-term
debt and capital lease
obligations(5) ......................... (87,612) (154,224) (83,121) (53,930) (126,704) (86,302) (95,147)
</TABLE>
14
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
------------------------------------------------------- ----------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA (at end of period):
Working capital........................ $ 7,920 $ 17,649 $ 16,819 $ 13,407 $ 26,928 $ 21,848 $ 16,301
Vessels, property and other equipment.. 461,360 465,785 522,857 678,810 722,020 709,089 734,988
Total assets........................... 519,963 531,372 547,091 647,580 661,596 648,486 627,743
Total debt (6)......................... 277,037 271,011 280,028 331,749 352,527 349,823 330,376
Redeemable preferred stock(7).......... 12,000 --- --- --- --- --- ---
Stockholders' investment............... 124,004 134,497 146,316 166,261 172,407 172,003 172,853
</TABLE>
- -----------
(1) EBITDA represents operating income plus depreciation and amortization
expense. EBITDA is not presented as an alternative to net income or cash
flows, but rather to provide additional information related to debt
service capacity and because it is a widely accepted indicator of funds
available to service debt. While the Company believes that EBITDA provides
useful information, it should not be considered in isolation or as an
alternative to net income and cash flows as determined under generally
accepted accounting principles. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for a discussion of
liquidity and operating results.
(2) Refurbishment and life extension costs are limited to major, non-recurring
expenditures that materially extend the estimated useful life of the
vessel or barge, whereas drydocking and positioning costs are recurring in
nature.
(3) Per share data have been restated to reflect a 25% stock dividend declared
in the fourth quarter of 1995.
(4) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges (a)
earnings consist of income before extraordinary items, income taxes and
equity in net income (loss) of unconsolidated entities plus fixed charges
and distributed dividends from unconsolidated entities and (b) fixed
charges consist of (i) interest expense, (ii) amortization of debt
expense, and (iii) the portion (approximately 1/3) of rental expense that
management believes is representative of the interest component of rental
expense.
(5) Includes repayment of amounts drawn on revolving credit facilities of
$48,600,000 $45,000,000 $0, $24,500,000 and $63,700,000 for the years
ended December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, and 1996, respectively, and
$55,500,000 and $69,500,000 for the nine month periods ended September 30,
1996 and 1997.
(6) Total debt includes short-term borrowings, long-term debt (including the
current portion thereof) and long-term capital lease obligations
(including the current portion thereof).
(7) Represents the redemption value of the Company's cumulative redeemable
preferred stock, which was redeemed in 1993.
15
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
GENERAL
The Company's vessels are operated under a variety of charters and
contracts. The nature of these arrangements is such that, without a material
variation in gross voyage profits (total revenues less voyage expenses and
vessel and barge depreciation), the revenues and expenses attributable to a
vessel deployed under one type of charter or contract can differ substantially
from those attributable to the same vessel if deployed under a different type of
charter or contract. Accordingly, depending on the mix of charters or contracts
in place during a particular accounting period, the Company's revenues and
expenses can fluctuate substantially from one period to another even though the
number of vessels deployed, the number of voyages completed, the amount of cargo
carried and the gross voyage profit derived from the vessel remain relatively
constant. As a result, fluctuations in voyage revenues and expenses are not
necessarily indicative of trends in profitability, and management believes that
gross voyage profit is a more appropriate measure of operating performance than
revenues. Accordingly, the discussion below addresses variations in gross voyage
profits rather than variations in revenues.
In 1993 the Company implemented a cost reduction program designed to
reduce administrative and general expenses. In the first quarter of 1997 the
Company effected a 7.0% reduction of shoreside personnel. As a result of the
Company's general cost reduction efforts since 1993, administrative and general
expenses for 1996 were $1.95 million lower (6.9%) than in 1993, notwithstanding
a 9.6% increase in revenue during such period.
For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996, the Company
received aggregate ODS payments of $21.7 million, $22.7 million, and $25.6
million, respectively. The Company's ODS agreement for the four LASH vessels
currently employed in its Waterman liner service on Trade Routes 18 and 17
terminated on December 31, 1996, although ODS payments continued for voyages in
progress on that date until such vessels returned to the United States in early
1997. The Maritime Security Act of 1996 (the "MSA"), which provides for a new
subsidy program for up to 47 U.S. flag vessels owned by several U.S. companies,
was signed into law on October 8, 1996. The Company's four LASH vessels that
received subsidy payments under the ODS, two of the Company's pure car carriers
("PCC"), and one of the Company's LASH vessels currently on contract with MSC
have qualified to participate in this program. The two PCCs began receiving MSA
payments in late 1996, and the four LASH vessels operating under ODS began
receiving MSA payments upon the termination of their ODS payments in early 1997.
The LASH vessel under contract to MSC will be eligible to receive payments upon
the expiration of that contract in 2000, or the Company may substitute another
vessel and receive payments earlier. Under this new MSA program, each
participating vessel is eligible to receive annual subsidy payments of $2.1
million through fiscal year 2005. Also, this program eliminates the trade route
restrictions imposed by the ODS program and provides flexibility to operate
freely in the competitive market. Payments under the MSA are subject to
appropriation each year by Congress and are not guaranteed. Under the Company's
previous ODS agreement, subsidy payments for the four LASH vessels employed on
Trade Routes 18 and 17 were approximately $5.8 million per year per vessel. In
an effort to partially offset the decrease in the amount of subsidy payments to
be provided under the MSA, as compared to ODS, the Company has implemented
initiatives to reduce crew costs and other expenses.
See "Business - Regulation."
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
GROSS VOYAGE PROFIT. Gross voyage profit decreased 16.9% to $42.2 million
in the first nine months of 1997 as compared to $50.7 million in the same period
of 1996. The primary reasons for this decline were lower profitability from
operating a three-vessel transatlantic liner service in lieu of a two-vessel
service, the reduction of ODS payments, and expensing of certain previously
deferred costs. In the first quarter of 1997, the Company added a newly-acquired
and refurbished LASH vessel, the ATLANTIC FOREST, to its transatlantic liner
service with the objective of phasing out one of the older vessels in that
service, the ACADIA FOREST. Because opportunities to acquire LASH vessels are
very limited, the Company purchased the ATLANTIC FOREST and placed it in service
earlier than the optimal time in order to take advantage of the opportunity to
purchase the vessel, which might not have been available at a later date. While
there
16
<PAGE>
was an overlap of service with the two other vessels, putting her in service in
1997 enabled the Company to shake down the new vessel before retiring the old
vessel. However, the Company was unable to economically fill the additional
cargo space of the three vessels primarily due to a strengthened U.S. dollar,
which contributed to a decline in U.S. exports and softened demand for shipping
services. This situation contributed to lower gross voyage profit for the first
nine months in 1997 as compared to the same period in 1996. The ACADIA FOREST is
now scheduled to be retired from the service in 1998, thereby returning the
service to a two-vessel operation. As market conditions improve, the Company
believes that it should return to profitability levels historically experienced
with a two-vessel operation.
The Company's ODS agreements for its four LASH vessels in Waterman's liner
service expired for each of the vessels during the first and second quarters of
1997. Upon the expiration of the ODS agreements, these vessels and two others
began participation in the Maritime Security Program ("MSP") which provides for
subsidy payments of approximately $2.1 million per vessel per year, as compared
to approximately $5.8 million per vessel per year under the ODS agreements. As a
result, subsidy payments were $7.3 million less for the first nine months in
1997 as compared to the same period in 1996. This loss of revenue was
substantially offset by the Company's cost reduction programs that reduced
shipboard and shoreside expenses. Going forward, the Company believes that it
will be able to further offset the loss of subsidy payments with additional cost
reduction programs and increased revenue that may be derived from the operating
flexibility permitted under the new subsidy program.
The Company's gross voyage profit was also negatively affected when the
Company decided to forego development of a new LASH service between the U.S.
Gulf and Brazil. During the second quarter of 1997, previously deferred costs of
approximately $1.3 million were charged to operating expense for termination
costs and the repositioning of equipment related to this service.
Additionally, gross voyage profit on the Company's U.S. flag coal carrier,
the ENERGY ENTERPRISE, was lower in the first nine months of 1997, as compared
to the same period in 1996, due to the vessel being out of service for 28
additional days in 1997 to complete refurbishment work initially started in
September 1995. The work was not completed at that time because the vessel was
required to meet cargo requirements in early February 1996.
Furthermore, scheduled charter hire rate reductions effective January 1,
1997 for the Company's three RO/ROs employed in the MSC's military
prepositioning program further contributed to the decrease in gross voyage
profit during this period.
Decreases in the Company's gross voyage profit during the first nine
months of 1997, as compared to the first nine months of 1996, were partially
offset by increased demand for transportation services under the Company's
long-term contract with P.T. Freeport Indonesia Company. Additionally, the first
nine months of 1996 were negatively affected by a damage claim made against the
Company's insurance subsidiary, which resulted in a comparative increase in
gross profit for this subsidiary for the first nine months of 1997.
Vessel and barge depreciation for the first nine months of 1997 increased
6.2% to $25.8 million as compared to $24.3 million in the same period of 1996
due to the commencement of operations of the ENERGY ENTERPRISE, JAVA SEA,
ATLANTIC FOREST and associated LASH barges, in February of 1996, September of
1996, and January of 1997, respectively. These increases were partially offset
by a decrease resulting from the sale, in mid-1996, of the Company's semi-
submersible barge, the CAPS EXPRESS.
ADMINISTRATIVE AND GENERAL EXPENSES. Cost savings from the Company's 1997
reduction in shoreside personnel were the primary reason for the decrease in
administrative and general expenses from $19.7 million for the first nine months
of 1996 to $19.4 million for the same period in 1997.
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES. Interest expense decreased 2.8% from $21.5
million in the first nine months of 1996 to $20.9 million in the same period of
1997 primarily due to regularly scheduled payments on outstanding debt, the
expiration in 1996 of an interest rate swap agreement on which the Company had
incurred interest during the first half of 1996, and the early repayment of $9.5
million of long-term debt at the end of the first quarter of 1996. These
decreases were partially offset by increases resulting from interest incurred on
higher outstanding balances drawn on lines
17
<PAGE>
of credit, additional draws on the long-term financing of the SPVs, the
financing of the ATLANTIC FOREST and associated barges, and the financing of the
JAVA SEA.
Investment income decreased from $1.5 million in the first nine months of
1996 to $1.1 million in the same period of 1997 reflecting a reduction in the
balance of invested funds.
INCOME TAXES. The Company provided $1.0 million for federal income taxes
in the first nine months of 1997 as compared to $3.8 million in the first nine
months of 1996. The statutory rate was 35% for both periods.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
GROSS VOYAGE PROFIT. Gross voyage profit increased 3.7% to $66.9 million
in 1996 as compared to $64.5 million in 1995. Gross voyage profit was favorably
impacted by the commencement, in February of 1996, of operations of the ENERGY
ENTERPRISE, a U.S. flag coal carrier under contract to a major U.S. utility
company, and the full commencement of operations, in early 1996, of two SPVs
under contract to provide transportation services to a major mining company
conducting operations in Indonesia. Improved freight rates for the Company's
LASH vessels employed in liner service between ports on the U.S. Gulf/U.S.
Atlantic Coast and South Asia (Trade Routes 18 and 17) and increased charter
hire rates for two of the Company's LASH vessels under contract with the MSC
also positively impacted gross voyage profit.
These increases in gross voyage profit were partially offset by increased
fuel prices for the Company's liner services, lower charter hire rates on the
Company's cape-size bulk carrier, and the redelivery of one of the Company's
vessels at the end of its MSC contract in late 1995. This vessel was operated in
the spot market until it commenced a new contract with the MSC in July 1997.
Additionally, the Company's fleet experienced increased out-of-service
days in 1996 compared to 1995 primarily due to regularly scheduled drydockings,
shipyard work required to prepare two LASH vessels for their MSC contract with
the MSC, and a propeller shaft casualty sustained by one of the vessels
operating in the Waterman service which required an unscheduled drydock of
approximately two months duration. This vessel was fully repaired and returned
to service during July 1996. Results of the Company's insurance subsidiary were
also negatively impacted by this casualty.
The Company currently charters nine vessels to the MSC including three
RO/RO vessels employed in the MSC's military prepositioning program, four LASH
vessels, and two ice-strengthened multi-purpose vessels. The contracts for the
RO/ROs are fixed through the years 2009 and 2010. During 1996, the
ice-strengthened multi-purpose vessel, the GREEN WAVE, began the second of two
seventeen month option periods which will terminate at the end of 1997. In July
1997, the Company's other ice-strengthened multi-purpose vessel, the GREEN
RIDGE, commenced operating under a seventeen month contract with MSC which
includes two seventeen month option periods. In mid-1996, the MSC contracts for
two of the Company's LASH vessels were each renewed for 17 months, with two
17-month option periods extending through 2000. In May 1997, a third LASH vessel
commenced operating under a new contract that expires in 2001. The fourth LASH
vessel chartered to MSC is operating under a contract that expires in 1999.
Vessel and barge depreciation increased to $32.6 million during 1996 as
compared to $24.7 million in 1995 primarily due to the addition of the ENERGY
ENTERPRISE and the two SPVs and related barges.
ADMINISTRATIVE AND GENERAL EXPENSES. Administrative and general expenses
decreased slightly to $26.3 million during 1996 as compared to $26.6 million in
1995 stemming from a continuing cost reduction program.
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES. Interest expense increased 11.6% to $28.5
million in 1996 as compared to $25.6 million in 1995 primarily due to interest
incurred on the financing of the ENERGY ENTERPRISE and the two SPVs and related
barges. These increases were partially offset by reductions resulting from
regularly scheduled payments on other outstanding debt.
18
<PAGE>
Investment income decreased from $2.7 million in 1995 to $1.9 million in
1996 reflecting reductions in interest rates and the average balance of invested
funds.
During 1995, the Company sold its 7.7% interest in a Norwegian shipowning
company for approximately $48.0 million resulting in a before-tax gain of
approximately $17.0 million. For a description of this sale, see a discussion of
results of operations for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared to the year
ended December 31, 1994, presented later in this report.
INCOME TAXES. The Company provided $4.8 million and $11.4 million for
federal income taxes at the statutory rate of 35% for 1996 and 1995,
respectively. Income of unconsolidated entities is shown net of applicable
taxes.
EXTRAORDINARY LOSS ON THE EARLY EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT. During 1996, the
Company recognized an extraordinary loss of $0.8 million, net of taxes,
resulting from a make-whole premium required when the Company refinanced certain
debt in the fourth quarter to reduce interest costs.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
GROSS VOYAGE PROFIT. Gross voyage profit decreased 1.2% to $64.5 million
in 1995 as compared to $65.3 million in 1994. Gross voyage profit was negatively
impacted by lower freight rates and higher operating costs for the Company's
LASH vessels employed in liner service on Trade Routes 18 and 17. A scheduled
rate reduction on one of the Company's vessels chartered to the MSC also
contributed to the slight decrease in gross voyage profit. These reductions were
partially offset by the addition of a molten sulphur carrier in early fourth
quarter of 1994.
Vessel and barge depreciation increased by 6.3% to $24.7 million during
1995 as compared to $23.3 million in 1994 primarily due to the addition of the
molten sulphur carrier in early fourth quarter of 1994. This increase was
partially offset by the life extension of two LASH vessels which were purchased
in 1994 upon the termination of the capital lease of these vessels.
ADMINISTRATIVE AND GENERAL EXPENSES. Administrative and general expenses
decreased 3.1% to $26.6 million during 1995 as compared to $27.5 million in 1994
stemming from a continuing cost reduction program.
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES. Interest expense increased 18.1% to $25.6
million in 1995, as compared to $21.7 million in 1994, primarily due to interest
incurred on the financing of the molten sulphur carrier, interest rate
conversion agreements, and financing received in early 1995 for general
corporate purposes. These increases were partially offset by regularly scheduled
debt payments of $28.5 million.
Investment income decreased slightly from $2.8 million in 1994 to $2.7
million in 1995 reflecting a reduction in the average balance of invested funds.
The Company's equity in net income of unconsolidated entities was $0.3
million in 1995 as compared to equity in losses of $0.1 million in 1994. The
Company's interest in these entities was liquidated in 1995.
As of December 31, 1994, the Company held an approximate 12.6% interest,
including both direct and indirect interests, in Havtor AS, a publicly traded
Norwegian company listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange. The Company also held a
14.2% interest in A/S Havtor Management, a privately held Norwegian ship
management company affiliated with Havtor AS. As of December 31, 1994, the
Company held a 50% interest in a foreign entity, Bulk-owners 1984, which was
formed to own and operate two combination dry cargo/petroleum products, PROBO
vessels. The Company also held a 10% interest in a limited partnership with
certain Norwegian interests to construct and own a Liquified Petroleum Gas
carrier which was delivered in 1993.
During the first half of 1995, A/S Havtor Management and the gas carrier
activities of Kvaerner, an unrelated Norwegian company, merged into Havtor AS.
In addition, Havtor AS agreed to acquire other vessels and vessel interests,
including the 50% interest held by the Company in two PROBO vessels and the 10%
interest held in a Liquified Petroleum Gas carrier. Subsequent to the merger,
the Company's interest, including both direct and indirect interests,
19
<PAGE>
in Havtor AS approximated 7.7%. During November 1995, the Company sold this 7.7%
interest in Havtor AS for approximately $48.0 million. The sale resulted in a
before tax gain of approximately $17.0 million.
INCOME TAXES. The Company provided $11.4 million and $6.6 million for
federal income taxes at the statutory rate of 35% for 1995 and 1994,
respectively. Income of unconsolidated entities is shown net of applicable
taxes.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Company's working capital decreased from $26.9 million at December 31,
1996, to $16.3 million at September 30, 1997. Cash and cash equivalents
decreased during the first nine months of 1997 by $17.8 million to a total of
$25.2 million, because cash used for investing and financing activities of $40.0
million and $23.4 million, respectively, substantially exceeded operating cash
flows of $45.6 million.
Positive cash flows were achieved from operating activities in the first
nine months of 1997 in the amount of $45.6 million. The major sources of cash
from operations were collections on accounts receivable and net income, adjusted
for non-cash provisions such as depreciation, amortization and adjustments to
self-retention insurance reserves. These sources of cash were partially offset
by decreases in accrued liabilities resulting from payments of accrued interest
expense and accrued vessel refurbishment costs related to the ATLANTIC FOREST.
Net cash used for investing activities amounted to $40.0 million during
the first nine months of 1997. Major investments included the purchase for $3.1
million of a LASH vessel built in 1987, the WILLOW, and capital improvements on
the following: the ENERGY ENTERPRISE; the ATLANTIC FOREST and associated LASH
barges; and one of the LASH vessels operating in the Waterman liner service
which amounted to $5.7 million, $4.4 million, and $1.8 million, respectively.
Other uses of cash included $14.8 million for drydocking charges, which were
charged to deferred charges on the Company's balance sheet, and $8.0 million
invested in short-term marketable securities.
Net cash used by financing activities during the first nine months of 1997
totaled $23.4 million. Proceeds from the issuance of debt obligations of $73.1
million included $55.5 million drawn under the Company's lines of credit, of
which $16.0 million was outstanding as of September 30, 1997, $6.5 million from
the refinancing of balloon notes due on certain of the Company's debt early this
year, $6.1 million associated with the refurbishment of the ATLANTIC FOREST and
associated LASH barges, and $5.0 million borrowed in early third quarter for
general corporate purposes. Cash used for financing activities included $69.5
million to repay amounts drawn under lines of credit in late 1996 and in 1997,
$25.6 million for regularly scheduled payments on other outstanding debt and
capital lease obligations, and $1.3 million to meet common stock dividend
requirements.
In June 1997, the Company purchased a LASH vessel renamed WILLOW for $3.1
million. This vessel will be refurbished and added to the Company's LASH fleet
or will replace one of the Company's older LASH vessels. The purchase was
financed with draws on the Company's lines of credit.
On January 23, 1998, the Company entered into the New Credit Facility,
which will replace the Company's existing revolving credit facilities
aggregating $35.0 million with certain of the Company's subsidiaries, of which
approximately $16.0 million was outstanding as of September 30, 1997. The
existing facilities are scheduled to expire at various times during 1998 and
1999.
Upon completion of the Offering and the New Credit Facility, the Company
will have replaced a substantial portion of its subsidiaries' debt, most of
which is secured and relatively short-term, with longer-term unsecured debt at
the Company level. As a result, the Company will substantially reduce its debt
amortization obligations over the next several years and increase the amount of
cash flow available for further debt retirement, fleet expansion and other
corporate purposes. In addition, the Company believes that the terms of the
Notes are less restrictive than those of the indebtedness to be retired, and
will afford the Company greater flexibility to operate its business.
20
<PAGE>
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
On December 18, 1997, the Company announced that fourth quarter 1997 net
earnings are expected to be flat or below the average of the previous three
quarters of 1997. Additionally, the Company expects EBITDA for the fourth
quarter of 1997 to be less than the comparable quarter of 1996. As the Company
stated in its previous reports for these three quarters, its Trans-Atlantic LASH
service has been unable to economically fill the cargo space made available
during the year while the Company phased-in a newly acquired, 1984 built, LASH
vessel to this service. At year end, as planned, the Company will retire the
older LASH vessel that the newer vessel will replace. The older vessel will be
disposed of shortly thereafter at an amount which, when compared to book value,
should have no material financial impact. Therefore, beginning in January 1998,
the Trans-Atlantic LASH service will return to a two-vessel operation as was the
case before 1997.
In January 1998, the Company acquired a 1989-built LASH vessel. This
vessel is intended as a replacement for an older LASH vessel in the Company's
fleet and will be used temporarily to perform auxiliary service in one of the
Company's liner services.
21
<PAGE>
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
PURPOSE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The Old Notes were issued and sold by the Company to the Initial
Purchasers on January 22, 1998 pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated January
14, 1998 by and among the Company and the Initial Purchasers (the "Purchase
Agreement"). The Initial Purchasers subsequently resold the Old Notes in
reliance on Rule 144A and other exemptions from registration under the
Securities Act. The Company and the Initial Purchasers also entered into the
Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which the Company agreed, with respect
to the Old Notes, to (i) cause to be filed, by March 23, 1998, the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement with the SEC under the Securities Act concerning
the Exchange Offer, and (ii) (a) to cause such registration statement to be
declared effective by the SEC by June 21, 1998 and (b) to cause the Exchange
Offer to remain open for a period of not less than 30 days (or longer if
required by applicable law). The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy the
Company's exchange offer obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange
for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge
that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New
Notes. See "Plan of Distribution."
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER; PERIOD FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus
and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the
Exchange Offer), the Company will accept for exchange Old Notes that are
properly tendered on or prior to the Expiration Date and not withdrawn as
permitted below. As used herein, the term "Expiration Date" means 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on March ___, 1998; provided, however, that if the Company has
extended the period of time for which the Exchange Offer is open, the term
"Expiration Date" means the latest time and date to which the Exchange Offer is
extended.
As of the date of this Prospectus, $110 million aggregate principal amount
of the Old Notes are outstanding. This Prospectus, together with the Letter of
Transmittal, is first being sent on or about February ___, 1998, to all holders
of Old Notes known to the Company. The Company's obligation to accept the Old
Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer is subject to certain
conditions a set forth under "- Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below.
The Company expressly reserves the right, at any time or from time to
time, to extend the period of time during which the Exchange Offer is open, and
thereby delay acceptance for exchange of any Old Notes, by giving notice of such
extension to the holders thereof known to the Company. During any such
extension, all Old Notes previously tendered will remain subject to the Exchange
Offer and may be accepted for exchange by the Company. Any Old Notes not
accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the
tendering holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination
of the Exchange Offer.
The Company expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the
Exchange Offer, and not to accept for exchange any Old Notes not theretofore
accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the
Exchange Offer specified below under "- Certain Conditions to the Exchange
Offer." The Company will give notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance
or termination to the holders of the Old Notes as promptly as practicable, such
notice in the case of any extension to be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New
York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled
Expiration Date.
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES
The tender to the Company of Old Notes by a holder thereof as set forth
below and the acceptance thereof by the Company will constitute a binding
agreement between the tendering holder and the Company upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying
Letter of Transmittal. Except as set forth below, a holder who wishes to tender
Old Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer must transmit a properly
22
<PAGE>
completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, including all other documents
required by such Letter of Transmittal, to The Bank of New York (the "Exchange
Agent") at one of the addresses set forth below under "- Exchange Agent" on or
prior to the Expiration Date. In addition, either (i) certificates for such Old
Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent along with the Letter of
Transmittal or (ii) a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a
"Book-Entry Confirmation") of such Old Notes, if such procedure is available,
into the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company (the
"Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedure for book-entry
transfer described below, must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date, or the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery
procedures described below.
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES, LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER
REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDER. IF SUCH DELIVERY
IS BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED MAIL, PROPERLY INSURED, WITH
RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE
ALLOWED TO ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY. NO LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD NOTES SHOULD
BE SENT TO THE COMPANY.
Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed unless the Old Notes surrendered for exchange
pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder of the Old Notes who
has not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special
Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of
an Eligible Institution (as defined below). In the event that signatures on a
Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are
required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by a firm that is a member or
participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York
Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion
Program, or by an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule
17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (collectively, "Eligible Institutions"). If Old
Notes are registered in the name of a person other than a signer of the Letter
of Transmittal, the Old Notes surrendered for exchange must be endorsed by, or
accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange in
satisfactory form as determined by the Company in its sole discretion and duly
executed by, the registered holder with the signature thereon guaranteed by an
Eligible Institution.
Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are registered in the name of a
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and who wishes
to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the
registered holder to tender on the beneficial owner's behalf. If the beneficial
owner wishes to tender on the owner's own behalf, the owner must, prior to
completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering the owner's
Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old
Notes in the beneficial owner's name or obtain a properly completed and executed
bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may
take considerable time.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of Old Notes tendered for exchange will be
determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, which determination shall be
final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any or all
tenders not properly tendered or to not accept any particular Old Notes which
acceptance might, in the judgment of the Company or its counsel, be unlawful.
The Company also reserves the absolute right to waive any defects or
irregularities or conditions of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Old
Notes either before or after the Expiration Date (including the right to waive
the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Old Notes in the Exchange
Offer). The Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange
Offer as to any particular Old Notes either before or after the Expiration Date
(including the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) shall be
final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities
in connection with tenders of Old Notes for exchange must be cured within such
reasonable period of time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company,
the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give
notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Old
Notes for exchange; nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to
give such notification. Tenders of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been
made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Old
Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to
which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be
returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise
provided in the Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the
Expiration Date.
23
<PAGE>
If any Letters of Transmittal, Old Notes, bond powers or powers of
attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and,
unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of
their authority to so act must be submitted.
By tendering, each holder will represent to the Company that, among other
things, the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being obtained
in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such New Notes,
whether or not such person is the holder, that neither the holder nor such other
person has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in
the distribution of the New Notes and that such holder is not an "affiliate" of
the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or if it is
an affiliate, that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable. In the case of a
holder that is not a broker-dealer, such holder, by tendering, will also
represent to the Company that such holder is not engaged in and does not intend
to engage in, a distribution of the New Notes. Each broker-dealer that receives
New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. See "Plan of Distribution." The
Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
ACCEPTANCE OF OLD NOTES FOR EXCHANGE, DELIVERY OF NEW NOTES
For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Old Note will
receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered
Old Note. For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to
have accepted properly tendered Old Notes for exchange when, as and if the
Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent, with
written confirmation of any oral notice to be given thereafter.
In all cases, issuance of New Notes for Old Notes that are accepted for
exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt
by the Exchange Agent of certificates for such Old Notes or a timely Book-Entry
Confirmation of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal and all other required documents. If any tendered Old Notes are not
accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the Exchange
Offer or if Old Notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the
holder desires to exchange, such accepted or non-exchanged Old Notes will be
returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof (or, in the case of Old
Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures
described below, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be credited to an account
maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility) as promptly as practicable
after the expiration of the Exchange Offer.
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with
respect to the Old Notes at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for purposes of the
Exchange Offer within two business days after the date of this Prospectus, and
any financial institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility's systems may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility in accordance with such
Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedures for transfer. However, although
delivery of Old Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility, the Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof
with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents must, in
any case, be transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent at one of the
addresses set forth below under "- Exchange Agent" on or prior to the Expiration
Date, or the guaranteed delivery procedures described below must be complied
with.
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
If a registered holder of the Old Notes desires to tender such Old Notes
and the Old Notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit such
holder's Old Notes or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent
24
<PAGE>
before the Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be
completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if (i) the tender is made
through an Eligible Institution; (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange
Agent receives from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly
executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company (by telegram, telex,
facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and
address of the holder of Old Notes and the amount of Old Notes tendered, stating
that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within five New York
Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading days after the date of execution of the Notice
of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes,
in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be,
and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited
by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) the certificates
for all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a
Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by
the Letter of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within five NYSE
trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS
Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on the business day prior to the Expiration Date. For a
withdrawal to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be received by
the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth below under "- Exchange
Agent." Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the person having
tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn, identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn,
including the principal amount of such Old Notes, and (where certificates for
Old Notes have been transmitted) specify the name in which such Old Notes are
registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder. If certificates
for Old Notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Exchange Agent,
then, prior to the release of such certificates, the withdrawing holder must
also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn
and a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution unless such holder is an Eligible Institution. If Old Notes have
been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above,
any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Old Notes and
otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility. All questions as to the
validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will
be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on
all parties. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly
tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Old Notes that
have been tendered for exchange but are not exchanged for any reason will be
returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of
Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at
the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer described
above, such Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained with such
Book-Entry Transfer Facility for the Old Notes) as soon as practicable after
withdrawal, rejection of the tender or termination of the Exchange Offer.
Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the
procedures described under "- Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" above at any
time on or prior to the Expiration Date.
CERTAIN CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Exchange Offer, the Company
shall not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue New Notes in exchange
for, any Old Notes and may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer if at any time
before the Expiration Date, the Company determines that the Exchange Offer
violates applicable law, any applicable interpretation of the staff of the
Commission or any order of any governmental agency or court of competent
jurisdiction.
If the Company determines that it may terminate the Exchange Offer, as set
forth above, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any Old Notes and return any
Old Notes that have been tendered to the holders thereof, (ii) extend the
Exchange Offer and retain all Old Notes tendered prior to the expiration of the
Exchange Offer, subject to the rights of such holders of tendered Old Notes to
withdraw their tendered Old Notes or (iii) waive such termination event with
respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly tendered Old Notes that
have not been withdrawn. If such waiver constitutes a material change in the
Exchange Offer, the Company will disclose such change by means of a supplement
to this Prospectus that will be distributed to each registered holder of Old
Notes, and the Company will extend the Exchange Offer for a period of time,
depending upon the significance of the waiver and the manner of disclosure to
the registered holders of the Old Notes, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise
expire during such period. Holders of Old
25
<PAGE>
Notes will have certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreement should
the Company fail to consummate the Exchange Offer. See "Description of the Notes
- - Registration Rights."
The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of the Company and may
be asserted by the Company regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any
such condition or may be waived by the Company in whole or in part at any time
and from time to time in its reasonable discretion. The failure by the Company
at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver
of such right and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right that may be
asserted at any time and from time to time.
In addition, the Company will not accept for exchange any Old Notes
tendered, and no New Notes will be issued in exchange for any such Old Notes if,
prior to the Expiration Date, any stop order shall be threatened or in effect
with respect to the registration statement of which this Prospectus constitutes
a part or the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, as amended (the "TIA"). In any such event, the Company is required to use
every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order at the
earliest possible time.
EXCHANGE AGENT
The Bank of New York has been appointed as the Exchange Agent of the
Exchange Offer. All executed Letters of Transmittal should be directed to the
Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth below. Questions and requests
for assistance, requests for additional copies of this Prospectus or of the
Letter of Transmittal and requests for Notices of Guaranteed Delivery should be
directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows:
BY MAIL/HAND DELIVERY/OVERNIGHT DELIVERY: BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL:
The Bank of New York The Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Services Window, Ground Level 101 Barclay Street, 7E
101 Barclay Street New York, NY 10286
New York, NY 10286 Attn: ____________________
Attn: __________________
VIA FACSIMILE:
(212) _________________
CONFIRM BY TELEPHONE:
(212) _________________
FOR INFORMATION CALL:
(212) _________________
DELIVERY OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
FEES AND EXPENSES
The Company will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The principal solicitation is
being made by mail; however, additional solicitations may be made in person or
by telephone by officers and employees of the Company.
The expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer will be
paid by the Company. Such expenses include fees and expenses of the Exchange
Agent and Trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.
26
<PAGE>
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
The New Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Old
Notes, which is the principal amount as reflected in the Company's accounting
records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting
purposes will be recognized. The expenses of the Exchange Offer will be
capitalized for accounting purposes.
TRANSFER TAXES
Holders who tender their Old Notes for exchange will not be obligated to
pay any transfer taxes in connection therewith, except that holders who instruct
the Company to register New Notes in the name of, or request that Old Notes not
tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offer be returned to, a person other
than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of any
applicable transfer tax thereon.
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE; RESALES OF NEW NOTES
Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon as a
consequence of the issuance of the Old Notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or
in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities
Act and applicable state securities law. Old Notes not exchanged pursuant to the
Exchange Offer will continue to accrue interest at 7 3/4% per annum and
otherwise will remain outstanding in accordance with their terms. Holders of Old
Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights in connection with the
Exchange Offer. In general, the Old Notes may not be offered or sold unless
registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in
a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities
laws. The Company does not currently anticipate that it will register the Old
Notes under the Securities Act. However, in certain circumstances the Company
will be obligated to file a registration statement on the appropriate form under
the Securities Act relating to the Old Notes. See "Description of the Notes -
Registration Rights."
Based on certain interpretive letters issued by the staff of the
Commission to third parties in unrelated transactions, the Company is of the
view that New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for
resale, resold or otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than (i) any
such holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule
405 under the Securities Act or (ii) any broker-dealer that purchases Notes from
the Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption)
without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of
the Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary
course of such holders' business and such holders have no intention, or any
arrangement or understanding with any person, to participate in the distribution
of such New Notes. However, the Company does not intend to request the SEC to
consider, and the SEC has not considered, the Exchange Offer in the context of a
no-action letter and there can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would
make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in such other
circumstances. Each holder, other than a broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it
is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Notes
and has no arrangement or understanding to participate in a distribution of New
Notes. If any holder is an affiliate of the Company, is engaged in or intends to
engage in or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the
distribution of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer,
such holder (i) cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of
the SEC and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for
Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that
it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes.
The Letter of Transmittal states that, by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it
may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer
in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where
such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a
period of 180 calendar days following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, it
will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection
with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
27
<PAGE>
In addition, to comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions,
if applicable, the New Notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been
registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdiction or an exemption from
registration or qualification is available and is complied with. The Company has
agreed, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and subject to certain
specified limitations therein, to register or qualify the New Notes for offer or
sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any holder
of the Notes reasonably requests in writing.
UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OF NOTES
The Company believes that the following summary fairly describes the
material United States federal income tax consequences expected to apply to the
exchange of Old Notes for New Notes and the ownership of New Notes under
currently applicable federal income tax law. The following summary of the
material anticipated federal income tax consequences of the issuance of New
Notes and the Exchange Offer is based upon the provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the final, temporary and proposed regulations
promulgated thereunder, and administrative rulings and judicial decisions now in
effect, all of which are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect) or
different interpretations. The following summary is not binding on the Internal
Revenue Service ("IRS") and there can be no assurance that the IRS will take a
similar view with respect to the tax consequences described below. No ruling has
been or will be requested by the Company from the IRS on any tax matters
relating to the New Notes or the Exchange Offer. This discussion is for general
information only and does not purport to address all of the possible federal
income tax consequences or any state, local or foreign tax consequences of the
acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Old Notes, the New Notes or the
Exchange Offer. It is limited to investors who will hold the Old Notes and the
New Notes as capital assets and does not address the federal income tax
consequences that may be relevant to particular investors in light of their
unique circumstances or to certain types of investors (such as dealers in
securities, insurance companies, financial institutions, foreign corporations,
partnerships, trusts, nonresident individuals, and tax-exempt entities) who may
be subject to special treatment under federal income tax laws. PERSONS
CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP OR DISPOSITION OF NEW NOTES SHOULD CONSULT
THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IN
LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER
THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR INTERNATIONAL TAXING JURISDICTION.
The exchange of the Old Notes for the New Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer will not be treated as an exchange or other taxable event to holders for
United States federal income tax purposes because the terms of the New Note are
not materially different from the terms of the Old Notes. The New Notes should
be treated as a continuation of the Old Notes. Consequently, for United States
federal income tax purposes, no gain or loss will be realized by a holder upon
receipt of a New Note; the holding period of the New Note will include the
holding period of the Old Note exchanged therefor, and the adjusted tax basis of
the New Note will be the same as the adjusted tax basis of the Old Note
exchanged therefor immediately before the exchange.
A holder of a New Note will be required to report stated interest on the
New Note as interest income in accordance with the holder's method of accounting
for tax purposes.
The foregoing does not discuss special rules that may affect the treatment
of holders that acquired the Old Notes other than at par. Any such holders
should consult their tax advisors regarding the consequences of the Exchange
Offer.
28
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
COMPANY OVERVIEW
The Company was originally founded as Central Gulf Steamship Corporation
in 1947 by the late Niels F. Johnsen and his sons, Niels W. Johnsen, the
Company's current Chairman, and Erik F. Johnsen, its current President. Central
Gulf was privately held until 1971 when it merged with Trans Union Corporation.
In 1978, ISC was formed to act as a holding company for Central Gulf, LCI and
certain other affiliated companies in connection with the 1979 spin-off by Trans
Union of the Company's common stock to Trans Union's stockholders. In 1986, the
Company acquired the assets of Forest Lines, and in 1989, the Company acquired
the ownership of Waterman. Since its spin-off from Trans Union, the Company has
continued to act solely as a holding company, and its only significant assets
consist of the capital stock of its subsidiaries.
The Company, through its subsidiaries, operates a diversified fleet of
U.S. and foreign flag vessels that provide international and domestic maritime
transportation services to commercial and governmental customers primarily under
medium- to long-term charters or contracts. Substantially all of these charters
or contracts are either renewals or extensions of previous agreements. The
Company's fleet consists of 31 ocean-going vessels, 15 towboats, 129 river
barges, 26 special purpose barges, approximately 1,850 LASH barges and related
shoreside handling facilities. For the twelve months ended September 30, 1997,
the Company generated revenues of $388.3 million and EBITDA of $92.7 million.
The Company is the only significant operator of the LASH transportation
system, which it pioneered in 1969. The Company's fleet includes 12 large LASH
vessels, four LASH feeder vessels and approximately 1,850 LASH barges. The LASH
transportation system uses specially designed barges of uniform size which are
loaded with cargo at various locations, towed to a centralized fleeting area,
loaded aboard a large ocean-going LASH vessel by a 500-ton capacity shipboard
crane and transported overseas, where another set of previously loaded LASH
barges awaits pick-up. In its transoceanic liner services, the Company uses the
LASH system primarily to gather cargo on rivers, in island chains and in harbors
that are too shallow for traditional vessels. The 400-ton capacity LASH barges
are ideally suited to transport large unit size items such as forest products,
natural rubber and steel that cannot be transported efficiently to and from such
areas in container ships. The LASH vessel's shipboard crane permits rapid
loading and unloading of LASH barges either dockside or at anchor. This rapid
loading and unloading capability provides quick vessel turnaround and minimizes
port time, cargo handling and reliance upon shoreside support facilities.
In addition to LASH vessels, the Company's fleet consists of (i) two
foreign flag and two U.S. flag pure car carriers that are specially designed to
transport fully assembled automobiles; (ii) two U.S. flag ice-strengthened
multi-purpose vessels, one of which supports scientific and defense operations
in the polar regions and the other of which is used by the MSC to carry the
components of a 500-bed U.S. Marine Corps field hospital in the Indian Ocean;
(iii) one foreign flag cape-size bulk carrier; (iv) one U.S. flag molten sulphur
carrier, which is used to carry molten sulphur from Louisiana and Texas to a
processing plant on the Florida Gulf Coast; (v) two FLO-FLO SPVs and one
5,000-ton container vessel, which, together with ancillary vessels, are used to
transport supplies for the Indonesian operations of a major mining company; (vi)
one U.S. flag conveyer-equipped self-unloading coal carrier which carries coal
in the coastwise and near-sea trade; (vii) three RO/ROs that permit rapid
deployment of rolling stock, munitions and other military cargoes requiring
special handling; and (viii) 14 inland waterway towboats and 111 super-jumbo
river barges that transport coal from Indiana to Florida for an electric utility
and unload via shoreside facilities owned and operated by the Company.
The Company's fleet is deployed by its principal operating subsidiaries,
Central Gulf, LCI, Forest Lines and Waterman. The Company provides five types of
services:
o DOMESTIC TRANSPORTATION SERVICES - the Company provides domestic
transportation services, primarily through its long-term coal and
sulphur transportation contracts and its ownership of an intermodal
transfer and warehouse facility in Memphis, Tennessee and a coal
transfer terminal in Gulf County, Florida;
29
<PAGE>
o LINER SERVICES - the Company operates a foreign flag LASH liner service
between U.S. Gulf and East Coast ports and ports in Northern Europe,
and a U.S. flag LASH liner service between U.S. Gulf and East Coast
ports and ports in south Asia, the Middle East and Northern Africa;
o MILITARY SEALIFT COMMAND CHARTERS - the Company time charters vessels
to the MSC for use in the MSC's military prepositioning program and its
scientific and defense operations in the Arctic and Antarctic;
o PURE CAR CARRIERS - the Company transports fully assembled Toyota and
Honda automobiles from Japan to the United States and fully assembled
Hyundai automobiles from South Korea primarily to the United States and
Europe; and
o SPECIAL PURPOSE VESSELS - the Company provides ocean transportation
services under a long-term contract with a major mining company for its
Indonesian operations.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company's strategy is to (i) identify customers with high credit
quality and marine transportation needs requiring specialized vessels or
operating techniques, (ii) seek medium- to long-term charters or contracts with
those customers and, if necessary, modify, acquire or construct vessels to meet
the requirements of those charters or contracts and (iii) provide its customers
with reliable, high quality service at a reasonable cost. The Company believes
that its strategy has produced stable operating cash flows and valuable
long-term relationships with its customers. The Company plans to continue this
strategy by expanding its relationships with existing customers, seeking new
customers and selectively pursuing acquisitions.
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
LARGEST LASH TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM PROVIDER. The Company is the only
significant commercial operator of the LASH transportation system, which it
pioneered in 1969. The Company owns all 12 of the LASH vessels that are
currently used worldwide for commercial services. A key advantage of the LASH
transportation system is that it minimizes port and cargo handling time. While a
LASH vessel is transporting one set of LASH barges overseas, another set of LASH
barges is being loaded with cargo and gathered at the destination staging area.
Other advantages of the Company's LASH transportation system include the ability
to access areas that lack traditional port facilities and to carry larger than
container sized cargo.
The Company believes that the cost of replicating its LASH transportation
system is a significant barrier to entry for a potential competitor. Management
believes that a new competitor would have to acquire not only a LASH vessel
(estimated to cost $80 million to build), but also three sets of approximately
90 barges each (estimated to cost $100,000 per barge to build) to achieve
similar operating efficiencies.
STABLE CASH FLOW. The Company's historical cash flows have been relatively
stable because of the length and structure of the Company's contracts with
creditworthy customers, as well as the Company's diversified customer and cargo
bases. Approximately 75% of the Company's EBITDA for the twelve months ended
September 30, 1997, was generated from its medium- to long-term contracts.
Primarily as a result of such contracts, as of September 30, 1997, 67% of the
Company's aggregate vessel capacity was firmly committed for fiscal year 1998,
and approximately 45% of its aggregate vessel capacity was firmly committed for
all periods through 2004. The Company's medium- to long-term charters provide
for a daily charter rate that is payable whether or not the charterer utilizes
the vessel. These charters generally require the charterer to pay certain voyage
operating costs, including fuel, port and stevedoring expenses, and often
include cost escalation features covering certain of the Company's expenses. In
addition, the Company's medium- to long-term contracts of affreightment
guarantee a minimum amount of cargo for transportation. Furthermore, the
Company's diversified cargo and customer bases have contributed to the stability
of the Company's operating cash flow. Over the last five years, no single
customer, other than the MSC, has accounted for more than 12% of the Company's
gross voyage profits. The Company also believes that the high credit quality of
its customers and the length of its contracts help reduce the effects of
cyclical market conditions. See "- Customers and Cargo."
30
<PAGE>
LONG-STANDING CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS. The Company currently has medium- to
long-term time charters with, or contracts to carry cargo for, high credit
quality commercial customers that include International Paper Company,
Freeport-McMoRan Resource Partners, Limited Partnership, P.T. Freeport Indonesia
Company, The Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company, Toyota Motor Corporation, Honda
Motor Co. Ltd., Hyundai Motor Company, Seminole Electric Cooperative and New
England Power Co. Most of these companies have been customers of the Company for
over ten years. Substantially all of the Company's current cargo contracts and
charter agreements are renewals or extensions of previous agreements. In recent
years the Company has been successful in winning extensions or renewals of
substantially all of the contracts rebid by its commercial customers.
Additionally, for over 30 years the Company has been operating vessels for the
MSC under charters or contracts that typically contain extension options for one
or more periods. Historically, the MSC has exercised substantially all of its
renewal options. The Company believes that its long-standing customer
relationships are in part due to the Company's excellent reputation for
providing quality specialized maritime service in terms of on-time performance,
low cargo loss, minimal damage claims and reasonable rates. See "- Customers and
Cargo."
COST CONTAINMENT. In 1993 the Company implemented a cost reduction program
designed to reduce administrative and general expenses. In the first quarter of
1997 the Company effected a 7.0% reduction of shoreside personnel. As a result
of the Company's general cost reduction efforts since 1993, administrative and
general expenses for 1996 were $1.95 million lower (6.9%) than in 1993,
notwithstanding a 9.6% increase in revenue during such period.
EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM. The Company's management team has substantial
experience in the shipping industry. The Company's Chairman and President have
each served the Company in various management capacities since its founding in
1947. In addition, the Company's two Executive Vice Presidents and the Chief
Financial Officer have over 72 years of collective experience with ISC. The
Company believes that the experience of its management team is important to
maintaining long-term relationships with its customers.
TYPES OF SERVICE
The Company through its principal operating subsidiaries, provides five
types of service: Domestic Transportation Services, Liner Services, Military
Sealift Command Charters, Pure Car Carriers and Special Purpose Vessels. The
Company provides specialized maritime transportation services to its customers
primarily under medium-to long-term contracts. Approximately 75% of the
Company's EBITDA for the twelve months ended September 30, 1997 was generated
from its medium- to long-term contracts.
DOMESTIC TRANSPORTATION SERVICES
COAL. In 1981, the Company entered into a 22-year contract expiring in
2004 with Seminole Electric Cooperative, Inc., a Florida based rural electric
generation and transmission cooperative for the transportation of coal from Mt.
Vernon, Indiana to Gulf County, Florida. Under this contract, which was awarded
pursuant to competitive bidding, the Company is guaranteed annually a minimum of
2.7 million tons of coal to be transported by inland waterways through its
operation of 14 chartered towboats, 108 chartered super-jumbo river barges and
three such barges that it owns. Under this contract, the Company typically has
transported approximately 3.0 million tons of coal per year. To protect both
parties against cost variations, the contract contains escalation and
de-escalation clauses designed to adjust the contract price for fluctuations in
fuel costs, wages and other operating expenses. The Company is also responsible
for unloading the barges at the discharge point in Gulf County, Florida, and
transferring the coal into railcars. To facilitate this process, the Company
owns and operates an automated terminal facility which can be operated by
relatively few employees and is capable of loading and unloading three times the
amount of coal currently transported through the facility under the contract.
In late 1995, the Company purchased an existing U.S. flag
conveyor-equipped, self-unloading coal carrier which it concurrently chartered
to a New England Power Company under a 15-year contract of affreightment to
carry coal in the coastwise and near-sea trade. The ship will also be used, from
time to time during this charter period, to carry coal and other bulk
commodities for the account of other major charterers.
31
<PAGE>
MOLTEN SULPHUR. In 1994, the Company entered into a 15-year transportation
contract with Freeport McMoRan Resource Partners, Limited Partnership, a major
sulphur producer for which it had built a 24,000 DWT molten sulphur carrier that
carries molten sulphur from Louisiana and Texas to a fertilizer plant on the
Florida Gulf Coast. Under the terms of this contract, the Company is guaranteed
the transportation of a minimum of 1.8 million tons of sulphur per year. The
contract also gives the charterer three five-year renewal options. The vessel
was delivered and began service during late 1994. For 1995 and 1996, the Company
transported an average of 2.16 million tons of sulphur per year.
LITCO FACILITY. During 1991, the Company entered into an agreement with
Cooper/T. Smith Stevedoring pursuant to which the Company acquired a 50%
interest in a newly constructed, all weather rapid cargo transfer facility at
the river port of Memphis, Tennessee, for handling LASH barges transported by
subsidiaries of the Company in its LASH liner services. LITCO (LASH Intermodal
Terminal Company) began operations in May of 1992 and provides 287,500 square
feet of enclosed warehouse and loading/discharging stations for LASH barge,
rail, truck and heavy-lift operations. In June of 1993, the Company purchased
the remaining 50% interest from Cooper/T. Smith Stevedoring, which continues to
manage the facility under a management agreement with the Company.
LINER SERVICES
FOREIGN FLAG. Under the name "Forest Lines," the Company operates three
foreign flag LASH vessels, the ACADIA FOREST, the RHINE FOREST and the ATLANTIC
FOREST, and a self-propelled, semi-submersible feeder vessel, the SPRUCE, on a
scheduled transatlantic liner service. The ATLANTIC FOREST was purchased and
refurbished in 1996 and entered this service in early 1997. The oldest of these
three vessels, the ACADIA FOREST, will be retired from this service in 1998 and
sold shortly thereafter. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources." Each
Forest Lines LASH vessel normally makes 10 round trip sailings per year between
U.S. Gulf and East Coast ports and ports in Northern Europe. Until early 1997,
approximately one-half of the aggregate eastbound cargo space was historically
reserved for International Paper Company under a long-term contract of
affreightment. The remaining space was provided on a voyage affreightment basis
to commercial shippers. In recent years, approximately 10% was used by other
forest products exporters, and the remaining 40% was used by various commercial
shippers to carry a variety of general cargo. While the third ship was in this
service in 1997, the total eastbound cargo space reserved for International
Paper was approximately 33%.
The Company has had ocean transportation contracts with International
Paper since 1969 when the Company had two LASH ships built to accommodate
International Paper's trade. The Company's contract of affreightment with
International Paper is for the carriage of wood pulp, liner board and other
forest products, the characteristics of which are well suited for transportation
by LASH vessels. The LASH system minimizes damage to such cargo by reducing the
number of times that the cargo is handled and permits the Company to load and
unload these products at the shipper's and the receiver's facilities, which are
generally located on river systems that container ships and break bulk vessels
do not serve. The Company's current contract with International Paper is for a
ten-year term ending in 2002.
Over the years, the Company has established a base of commercial shippers
to which it provides space on the westbound Forest Lines service. The principal
westbound cargoes are steel and other metal products, high-grade paper and wood
products, and other general cargo. Over the last five years, the westbound
utilization rate for these vessels averaged approximately 85% per year.
U.S. FLAG. Waterman operates a U.S. flag liner service between U.S. Gulf
and East Coast ports and ports in South Asia (Trade Routes 17 and 18). In
connection with this service, Waterman operates four U.S. flag LASH vessels, the
GREEN ISLAND, SAM HOUSTON, ROBERT E. LEE, and STONEWALL JACKSON, as well as
three FLASH vessels, the PINE FOREST, FLASH I and FLASH II, which are used as
feeder vessels in Southeast Asia.
Until early 1997, Waterman received ODS payments from the U.S. government
with respect to each of the four LASH vessels used in this service. The subsidy
payments were in amounts approximating the excess of certain vessel expenses,
primarily wages, over comparable costs of the Company's principal foreign flag
competitors on the same trade routes. In 1996, the Company received
approximately $25.6 million of ODS payments. The MSA established a new subsidy
program for certain U.S. flag vessels. This program eliminates the trade route
restrictions imposed by the ODS program and provides flexibility to operate
freely in the competitive market. Under this new program, each participating
32
<PAGE>
vessel is eligible to receive an annual subsidy payment of $2.1 million, subject
to annual appropriations. Seven of the Company's vessels have qualified for
participation, including the four LASH vessels deployed in Waterman's U.S. flag
liner service. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations - General" and "- Regulation."
On the eastbound portion of Waterman's U.S. flag liner service, a
significant part of each vessel's cargo traditionally has been shipped to lesser
developed countries under the Public Law-480 program, pursuant to which the
United States government sells or donates surplus food products for export to
developing countries. Seventy-five percent of this cargo is reserved for
carriage by U.S. flag vessels, if they are available at reasonable rates. Awards
under the Public Law-480 program are made on a voyage-to-voyage basis through
periodic competitive bidding. The remaining eastbound cargo consists of general
cargo, including some military equipment. Over the last five years, these
vessels generally have been fully utilized on their eastbound voyages.
On the westbound portion of this service, Waterman provides a significant
portion of its cargo space to Goodyear for the transportation of natural rubber
under a contract of affreightment expiring in December 1998. Space is also
provided on a voyage-to-voyage basis to other importers of natural rubber,
including Uniroyal Goodrich Tire Co., Bridgestone/Firestone, Inc. and certain
other importers of natural rubber. The Company has had a continuing relationship
with such companies since the early 1970s. The Company's LASH barges are ideally
suited for large shipments of natural rubber because compression damage is
minimal as compared to the damage that can occur when shipments are made in
traditional break bulk vessels. Waterman is the largest U.S. flag carrier of
natural rubber from Southeast Asia to the United States. The remaining westbound
cargo generally consists of coffee, jute, guar, piece goods and other general
cargo. Over the last five years, these vessels generally have been fully
utilized on their westbound voyages.
BULK CARRIER. In 1990, the Company acquired a 148,000 DWT-cape-size
drybulk carrier, the AMAZON. The vessel has since been fully employed in the
commercial market under various time charters in specific trading areas where
bulk cargoes move on a regular basis.
MILITARY SEALIFT COMMAND CHARTERS
GENERAL. The Company has had contracts with the MSC (or its predecessor)
almost continuously for over 30 years. Currently, the Company's subsidiaries
have nine vessels under contract to the MSC. These vessels are employed in the
MSC's prepositioning programs, which strategically place military equipment and
supplies throughout the world, or are chartered to the MSC mainly to service
military and scientific operations in the Arctic and Antarctic. The Company
believes that the demand for military prepositioning vessels will remain steady
during the near term, notwithstanding planned reductions in overall military
spending, because prepositioning military cargo is a key component of the
military's established plans to respond quickly to international incidents
without incurring the significant costs of operating foreign bases, some of
which have been closed in recent years.
MSC charters and contracts are awarded through competitive bidding for
fixed terms with options allowing the MSC to extend the charters or contracts
for additional periods. During the initial contract period, the MSC typically
pays higher charter rates to cover significant expenses incurred in preparing
the vessels for deployment, and therefore generally has an economic incentive to
extend or renew a charter or contract if the vessel is still needed rather than
paying a new shipowner to reconfigure a different vessel. Except in two cases,
the MSC has always exercised its extension options, and the Company generally
has been successful in winning renewals when the charters and contracts are
rebid. All charters and contracts require the MSC to pay certain voyage
operating costs such as fuel, port and stevedoring expenses, and certain
charters and contracts include cost escalation features covering certain of the
expenses paid by the Company. For a discussion of the MSC's rights to cancel
charters or contracts during option periods, see "- Regulation."
LASH VESSELS. The Company currently time charters to the MSC four U.S.
flag LASH vessels, the GREEN VALLEY, GREEN HARBOUR, JEB STUART and AUSTRAL
RAINBOW, which are used in the military's Afloat Prepositioning Force in the
Indian Ocean. Three of these charters expire in May 1999, September 2000 and
November 2000, and the fourth expires in October 1998, subject to one 17-month
renewal option.
33
<PAGE>
ICE-STRENGTHENED MULTI-PURPOSE VESSELS. The Company owns and operates the
only two U.S. flag ice-strengthened multi-purpose vessels, the GREEN WAVE and
the GREEN RIDGE. These vessels are capable of transporting containerized and
break bulk cargo. The GREEN WAVE is being operated under a charter with the MSC
that will expire in January of 1998. The vessel is being used by the MSC to
resupply Pacific rim military bases and to supply scientific projects in the
Arctic and Antarctic. The GREEN RIDGE began operations under a new charter with
the MSC in July 1997 under which it will be used by the MSC to carry the
components of a 500-bed U.S. Marine Corps field hospital in the Indian Ocean
through December 1998 with renewal options through October 2000.
ROLL-ON/ROLL-OFF VESSELS. In 1983, Waterman was awarded a contract to
operate three U.S. flag roll-on/roll-off vessels under time charters to the MSC
for use by the United States Navy in its maritime prepositioning ship ("MPS")
program. These vessels represent three of the four MPS vessels currently in the
MSC's Atlantic fleet, which provides support for the U.S. Marine Corps. These
ships, the SGT. MATEJ KOCAK, PFC. EUGENE A. OBREGON and MAJ. STEPHEN W. PLESS,
are designed primarily to carry rolling stock and containers, and each can carry
support equipment for 17,000 military personnel. Waterman sold the three vessels
to unaffiliated corporations shortly after being awarded the contract but
retained the right to operate the vessels under operating agreements. The MSC
time charters commenced in late 1984 and early 1985 for initial five-year
periods and were renewable at the MSC's option for additional five-year periods
up to a maximum of twenty-five years. In 1993, the Company reached an agreement
with the MSC to make certain reductions in future charter hire payments in
consideration of fixing the period of these charters for the full 25 years.
The charters and related operating agreements will terminate in 2009 and 2010.
PURE CAR CARRIERS
U.S. FLAG. In 1986, the Company entered into multi-year charters to carry
Toyota and Honda automobiles from Japan to the United States. To service these
charters, the Company had constructed two pure car carriers, the GREEN BAY and
the GREEN LAKE, which are specially designed to carry 4,000 and 4,660 fully
assembled automobiles, respectively. Both vessels were built in Japan, but are
registered under the U.S. flag, making them two of only three U.S. flag pure car
carriers in the Japanese trade. To be competitive with foreign flag vessels
operated by foreign crews, the Company worked in close cooperation with the
unions representing the Company's U.S. citizen shipboard personnel. Service
under these charters commenced in the fourth quarter of 1987. These charters
were initially renewed in 1992, each for a five-year period, and the Honda
charter was recently renewed through November 2003. The Toyota charter is
scheduled for renewal by the second quarter of 1998. Based on the Company's
preliminary negotiations with Toyota, the Company anticipates that the Toyota
charter will be renewed, although no assurances to that effect can be given.
FOREIGN FLAG. Since 1988, the Company has transported Hyundai automobiles
from South Korea primarily to the United States and Europe under two long-term
charters that expire in 2000. To service these charters, the Company had two new
pure car carriers, the CYPRESS PASS and the CYPRESS TRAIL, constructed by a
shipyard affiliated with Hyundai.
Each of the vessels has a carrying capacity of 4,800 fully assembled
automobiles.
Under each of the Company's car carrier charters, the charterers are
responsible for voyage operating costs such as fuel, port and stevedoring
expenses, while the Company is responsible for other operating expenses
including crew wages, repairs and insurance. The Hyundai charters also include
escalation features covering certain of the expenses paid by the Company. During
the terms of these charters, the Company is entitled to its full fee
irrespective of the number of voyages completed or the number of cars carried
per voyage.
SPECIAL PURPOSE VESSELS
During 1994, the Company entered into a long-term contract to provide
ocean transportation services to P.T. Freeport Indonesia Company, a major mining
company producing copper and gold concentrates at its mine in West Irian Jaya,
Indonesia. The Company acquired two SPVs, the BALI SEA and the BANDA SEA, and
one container/break bulk vessel, the JAVA SEA, and had 26 cargo barges
constructed for use with those vessels. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and
Capital Resources." The Company's contract is through 2006 with seven three-year
renewal options.
34
<PAGE>
ANCILLARY SERVICES
The Company has several subsidiaries providing ship charter brokerage,
agency, barge fleeting and other specialized services to the Company's
subsidiaries and, in the case of ship charter brokerage and agency services, to
unaffiliated companies. The income produced by these services substantially
covers the related overhead expenses. These services facilitate the Company's
operations by allowing it to avoid reliance on third parties to provide these
essential shipping services.
MARKETING
The Company maintains marketing staffs in Washington, D.C., New York, New
Orleans, Houston, Chicago and Singapore and maintains a network of marketing
agents in major cities around the world who market the Company's liner, charter
and contract services. The Company markets its Trans-Atlantic LASH liner service
under the trade name "Forest Lines," and its LASH liner service between the U.S.
Gulf and Atlantic coast ports and South Asia ports under the Waterman house
flag. The Company advertises its services in trade publications in the United
States and abroad.
CUSTOMERS AND CARGO
The Company's historical cash flow has been relatively stable principally
due to the structure and length of its medium- to long-term contracts with
creditworthy customers, as well as the Company's diversified customer and cargo
bases. The Company defines contracts or charters with a duration of three to
five years as medium-term contracts and those with a duration in excess of five
years as long-term contracts. Approximately 75% of the Company's EBITDA for the
twelve months ended September 30, 1997, was generated from its medium- to
long-term contracts. Most of the Company's medium- to long-term charters provide
for a daily charter rate that is payable whether or not the charterer utilizes
the vessel. In addition, most of these medium- to long-term contracts guarantee
a minimum amount of cargo for transportation and require the charterer to pay
certain voyage operating costs, including fuel, port and stevedoring expenses,
and often include cost escalation features covering certain of the Company's
expenses.
Substantially all of the current cargo contracts and charter agreements
with commercial customers are renewals or extensions of previous agreements. In
recent years the Company has been successful in winning extensions or renewals
of substantially all of the contracts rebid by its commercial customers.
Additionally, for over 30 years the Company has been operating vessels for the
MSC under charters or contracts that typically contain extension options for one
or more periods. Historically, the MSC has exercised nearly all of these
extension options.
As a result of the length of the Company's contracts and charter
agreements, at September 30, 1997, 67% of the Company's aggregate vessel
capacity was firmly committed for fiscal year 1998, and approximately 45% of its
aggregate vessel capacity was firmly committed for all periods through 2004. The
Company's capacity utilization rate for the period from 2005 through 2009 will
be approximately 16% if none of the Company's contracts expiring before 2005 are
renewed.
The Company's diversified customer base and its long-standing customer
relationships have contributed to its historically stable cash flow. Over the
last five years, no single customer other than the MSC has accounted for more
than 12% of the Company's gross voyage profits. Furthermore, the Company
believes that the high credit quality of its customers and the length of its
contracts help reduce competitive pressures and the effects of cyclical market
conditions. The Company believes that its long-standing customer relationships
are in part due to the Company's reputation for providing specialized quality
service in terms of ontime performance, low cargo loss, minimal damage claims
and reasonable rates.
35
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth (i) the Company's top ten customers, which
collectively accounted for 70% of the Company's 1996 gross voyage profit, (ii)
the type of cargo generally transported for each customer, and (iii) the year in
which each company became a customer of the Company.
CUSTOMER CARGO TYPE CUSTOMER SINCE
-------- ---------- --------------
Military Sealift Command (U.S. Navy).. Military 1949
New England Power Company............. Coal 1995
Freeport McMoRan Resource
Partners, Limited Partnership...... Sulphur 1992
Seminole Electric Cooperative, Inc.... Coal 1982
P. T. Freeport Indonesia Company...... General 1995
Hyundai Motor Company................. Automobiles 1988
International Paper Company........... Forest Products 1969
Toyota Motor Company.................. Automobiles 1986
Honda Motor Company................... Automobiles 1986
The Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company.. Rubber 1970
In addition to its diversified customer base, the Company believes its
customers' diversified cargo base has further insulated the Company from
cyclical market conditions and further contributed to its relatively stable
historical cash flow. The following table sets forth the percentage of the
Company's total revenues by cargo type for the nine months ended September 30,
1997.
% OF TOTAL REVENUES FOR THE
NINE MONTHS ENDED
CARGO TYPE SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
---------- ------------------
General cargo........................... 21.3%
Military cargo.......................... 21.0%
Coal.................................... 12.7%
Iron and steel products................. 12.0%
Agricultural products................... 10.8%
Forest products......................... 8.4%
Automobiles............................. 5.2%
Natural rubber.......................... 4.6%
Sulphur................................. 4.0%
--------
Total............................. 100.0%
36
<PAGE>
VESSEL DEPLOYMENT
The following table sets forth information about each of the ocean-going
vessels owned (or bareboat chartered) and operated by the Company. All vessels
are owned by the Company unless otherwise indicated. Except as otherwise
indicated, appraised values are based on appraisals conducted by Jacq. Pierot
Jr. & Sons Co., Inc. during the third quarter of 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONSTRUCTION/LIFE
EXTENSION APPRAISED
SERVICE TYPE VESSEL COMPLETION VALUE CARRYING
AND VESSEL NAME TYPE FLAG DATE(1) (MILLIONS) CAPACITY CURRENT DEPLOYMENT
- --------------- ------ ---- --------- ---------- -------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
LINER SERVICES/CONTRACTS
OF AFFREIGHTMENT
---
GREEN ISLAND LASH U.S. 1974/1991 $ 11.0 89 LASH barges | Operating under
| Waterman's transoceanic
SAM HOUSTON LASH U.S. 1974 11.0 89 LASH barges | liner service between U.S.
|- Gulf and Atlantic Coast
ROBERT E. LEE LASH U.S. 1974 11.0 89 LASH barges | ports and ports in south
| Asia on trade routes 17 and
STONEWALL JACKSON LASH U.S. 1974 11.0 89 LASH barges | 18.
---
---
ACADIA FOREST LASH Liberia 1969/1990/ 7.0 83 LASH barges | Operating in Forest Lines'
1996 | transatlantic liner service
| between U.S. Gulf and
RHINE FOREST LASH Liberia 1972/1990/ 7.5 83 LASH barges |- East Coast ports and ports
1996 | in Northern Europe.
|
ATLANTIC FOREST LASH Liberia 1984 20.0 82 LASH barges |
---
WILLOW LASH Liberia 1987 20.0(2) 82 LASH barges Idle, pending
refurbishment
---
FLASH I FLASH Liberia 1974 0.9 8 LASH barges | Operating as feeder vessels
| in Waterman's U.S. flag
FLASH II FLASH Liberia 1975 1.0 8 LASH barges |- liner service between
| Southeast Asia ports.
PINE FOREST FLASH Liberia 1975 1.0 8 LASH barges |
---
SPRUCE Dockship Liberia 1975 3.5 15 LASH barges Operating as a feeder
vessel between Northern
Europe ports in Forest
Lines' transatlantic liner
service.
AMAZON Cape-Size Singapore 1981 13.5 148,600 DWT Operating under time
Bulk Carrier charter contracts in the
commercial market.
MILITARY SEALIFT COMMAND
GREEN HARBOUR LASH U.S. 1974/1992 9.0 89 LASH barges Time chartered to the MSC
through November 2000.
GREEN VALLEY LASH U.S. 1975/1991 9.0 89 LASH barges Time chartered to the MSC
through September 2000.
AUSTRAL RAINBOW LASH U.S. 1972 5.25 73 LASH barges Time chartered to the MSC
through May 1999.
</TABLE>
37
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONSTRUCTION/LIFE
EXTENSION APPRAISED
SERVICE TYPE VESSEL COMPLETION VALUE CARRYING
AND VESSEL NAME TYPE FLAG DATE(1) (MILLIONS) CAPACITY CURRENT DEPLOYMENT
- --------------- ------ ---- --------- ---------- -------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
JEB STUART LASH U.S. 1970/1989 12.5(3) 83 LASH barges Time chartered to the MSC
through October 1998 with
renewal options exercisable
by the MSC through
August 2001.
GREEN RIDGE(4) Multi- U.S. 1979 6.5 12,487 DWT Time chartered to the MSC
purpose through December 1998
with renewal options
exercisable by the MSC
through October 2000.
GREEN WAVE(4) Multi- U.S. 1980 6.5 10,364 DWT Time chartered to the MSC
purpose through January 1998.
PFC. E.A. OBREGON Roll-On/ U.S. 1985 --(5) 25,476 DWT Time chartered to the MSC
Roll-Off with options exercisable by
the MSC through January
2010.
SGT. MATEJ KOCAK Roll-On/ U.S. 1984 --(5) 25,476 DWT Time chartered to the MSC
Roll-Off with options exercisable by
the MSC through October
2009.
MAJ. STEPHEN W. PLESS Roll-On/ U.S. 1985 --(5) 25,476 DWT Time chartered to the MSC
Roll-Off with options exercisable by
the MSC through April
2010.
PURE CAR CARRIERS
GREEN BAY Pure Car U.S. 1987 20.0 4,000 autos Time chartered to transport
Carrier Honda automobiles
through November 2003.
GREEN LAKE Pure Car U.S. 1987 26.0 4,660 autos Time chartered to transport
Carrier Toyota automobiles
through April 1998.
---
CYPRESS PASS Pure Car Liberia 1988 25.0 4,800 autos | Time chartered to transport
Carrier |- Hyundai automobiles
| through March and June of
CYPRESS TRAIL Pure Car Liberia 1988 25.0 4,800 autos | 2000.
Carrier ---
SPECIAL PURPOSE VESSELS
---
BALI SEA Float-On/ Singapore 1982/1995 35.0 22,000 DWT | Operating under a long-
Float-Off | term contract with P.T.
| Freeport Indonesia
BANDA SEA Float-On/ Singapore 1982/1996 35.0 22,000 DWT |- Company through 2000
Float-Off | with seven three-year
| renewal options.
JAVA SEA Container/ Singapore 1988 6.5 5,000 contain-|
break bulk ers |
---
</TABLE>
38
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONSTRUCTION/LIFE
EXTENSION APPRAISED
SERVICE TYPE VESSEL COMPLETION VALUE CARRYING
AND VESSEL NAME TYPE FLAG DATE(1) (MILLIONS) CAPACITY CURRENT DEPLOYMENT
- --------------- ------ ---- --------- ---------- -------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
DOMESTIC SERVICES
SULPHUR ENTERPRISE Molten U.S. 1994 55.0(3) 24,000 DWT Under contract of
Sulphur affreightment with
Carrier Freeport-McMoRan
Resource Partners, Limited
Partnership through 2009
with renewal options
through 2024.
ENERGY ENTERPRISE Coal Carrier U.S. 1983 71.0(3) 38,000 DWT Time chartered to New
England Power Company
through 2010.
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) Indicates year construction was completed and, where applicable, year of
completion of life extension refurbishment work.
(2) The appraised value for this vessel assumes a $10 million refurbishment.
(3) The appraised value for these vessels includes the appraised value of the
vessel and the charter or contract under which it is currently operating.
(4) Ice-strengthened vessels.
(5) No appraisal obtained. These vessels are owned by third parties but are
operated by the Company under operating agreements that, subject to
certain exceptions, cannot be canceled by the MSC without the payment of
cancellation penalties.
PROPERTIES
VESSELS AND BARGES. Of the 31 ocean-going vessels in the Company's fleet,
28 are owned by the Company and three are operated under operating contracts. Of
approximately 1,850 LASH barges in the Company's fleet, approximately 1,763 are
operated in conjunction with the Company's LASH and FLASH vessels. Of these, the
Company owns approximately 1,443 barges and leases 320 barges under capital
leases with 12-year terms expiring in late 2003 and early 2004. The remaining 87
LASH barges owned by the Company are not required for current vessel operations.
All of the Company's barges are registered under the U.S. flag. The Company
bareboat charters in 108 super-jumbo river barges (and owns three such barges)
and 14 towboats specially built to meet the requirements of one of the Company's
coal transportation contracts. The Company also owns 18 standard river barges,
which are chartered to unaffiliated companies on a short-term basis and one
towboat, which is currently operated in the spot market.
All of the vessels owned, operated or leased by the Company are in good
condition except for the 87 LASH barges not required for current vessel
operations. Since 1988, the Company has completed life extension work on eight
LASH vessels and completed the refurbishment of the LASH barges operated with
those vessels. Under governmental regulations, insurance policies and certain of
the Company's financing agreements and charters, the Company is required to
maintain its vessels in accordance with standards of seaworthiness, safety and
health prescribed by governmental regulations or promulgated by certain vessel
classification societies. The Company is also in the process of implementing the
quality and safety management program mandated by the International Maritime
Organization and plans to obtain timely certification of all vessels by the end
of 1999. Vessels in the fleet are maintained in accordance with governmental
regulations and the highest classification standards of the American Bureau of
Shipping or, for certain vessels registered overseas, of Norwegian Veritas or
Lloyd's Register classification societies.
Certain of the vessels and barges owned by the Company's subsidiaries are
mortgaged to various lenders to secure such subsidiaries' long-term debt. See
Note B - Long-Term Debts of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
incorporated by reference into this Prospectus.
39
<PAGE>
OTHER PROPERTIES. The Company leases its corporate headquarters in New
Orleans, its administrative and sales office in New York and office space in
Houston, Chicago, Washington, D.C. and Singapore. The Company also leases space
in St. Charles and Orleans Parishes, Louisiana, for the fleeting of barges.
Additionally, the Company leases a totally enclosed multi-modal cargo transfer
terminal in Memphis, Tennessee, under a lease that expires in June 2003, with
one five-year renewal option. In 1996, the aggregate annual rental payments
under these operating leases totaled approximately $2.4 million.
The Company owns two separate facilities in St. Charles Parish, Louisiana,
and one facility in Jefferson Parish, Louisiana, that are used primarily for the
storage and fleeting of barges. The Company also owns a bulk coal transfer
terminal in Gulf County, Florida, that is used in its coal transportation
contract referred to above.
INSURANCE
The Company maintains protection and indemnity ("P&I") insurance to cover
liabilities arising out of the ownership or operation of vessels with Assurance
affreightment GARD and the Standard Steamship Owners' Protection & Indemnity
Association (Bermuda) Ltd., which are mutual shipowners' insurance organizations
commonly referred to as P&I clubs. Both clubs are participants in and subject to
the rules of their respective international group of P&I associations. The
premium terms and conditions of the P&I coverage provided to the Company are
governed by the rules of each club.
The Company maintains hull and machinery insurance policies on each of its
vessels in amounts related to the value of each vessel. This insurance coverage,
which includes increased value, freight and time charter hire, is maintained
with a syndicate of hull underwriters from the United States, British, French
and Scandinavian insurance markets. The Company maintains war risk insurance on
each of the Company's vessels in an amount equal to each vessel's total insured
hull value. War risk insurance is placed through U.S., British, French and
Scandinavian insurance markets and covers physical damage to the vessels and P&I
risks for which coverage would be excluded by reason of war exclusions under
either the hull policies or the rules of the applicable P&I club.
The Company also maintains loss of hire insurance with U.S., British,
French and Scandinavian markets to cover its loss of revenue in the event that a
vessel is unable to operate for a certain period of time due to loss or damage
arising from the perils covered by the hull and machinery policy.
Insurance coverage for shoreside property, shipboard consumables and
inventory, spare parts, workers' compensation, office contents, and general
liability risks are maintained with underwriters in the United States and
British markets. The Company also carries insurance to meet certain liabilities
that could arise from the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in U.S. or
international foreign waters.
Insurance premiums for the coverage described above vary from year to year
depending upon the Company's loss record and market conditions. In order to
reduce premiums, the Company maintains certain deductible and co-insurance
provisions that it believes are prudent and generally consistent with those
maintained by other shipping companies and in recent years has increased the
self-retention portion under its insurance program while capping its
self-retention exposure under stop-loss insurance coverage.
REGULATION
The Company's operations between the United States and foreign countries
are subject to the Shipping Act of 1984 (the "Shipping Act"), which is
administered by the Federal Maritime Commission, and certain provisions of the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the
Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, all of
which are administered by the U.S. Coast Guard and other federal agencies, and
certain other international, federal, state and local laws and regulations,
including international conventions and laws and regulations of the flag nations
of its vessels. Pursuant to the requirements of the Shipping Act, the Company
has on file with the Federal Maritime Commission tariffs reflecting the outbound
and inbound rates currently charged by the Company to transport cargo between
the United States and foreign countries as a common carrier in connection with
its
40
<PAGE>
liner services. These tariffs are filed by the Company either individually or in
connection with its participation as a member of rate or conference agreements,
which are agreements that (upon becoming effective following filing with the
Federal Maritime Commission) permit the members to agree concertedly upon rates
and practices relating to the carriage of goods in U.S. and foreign ocean
commerce. Tariffs filed by a company unilaterally or collectively under rate or
conference agreements are subject to Federal Maritime Commission approval. Once
a rate or conference agreement is filed, rates may be changed in response to
market conditions on 30 days' notice, with respect to a rate increase, and one
day's notice, with respect to a rate decrease. Legislation is pending in the
U.S. Senate that would amend the Shipping Act in certain material respects,
including reducing the publication requirements for all service contracts,
eliminating requirements that all similarly situated shippers receive the same
service contract terms, and prohibiting ocean common carriers from requiring
their members to disclose their negotiations on service contracts. It is unclear
at this time when or if this legislation will be enacted into law. The Majority
Leader of the U.S. Senate recently announced that he intends to bring this
legislation to the floor of the Senate in early 1998.
The Merchant Marine Act of 1936, as amended (the "Merchant Marine Act"),
authorizes the federal government to pay an operating differential subsidy to
U.S. flag vessels employed in the foreign trade of the United States. The
operating differential subsidy program is designed to allow U.S. ships to
compete on an equal footing with their lower-cost foreign competitors. Under the
program, the U.S. Maritime Administration ("MarAd") is authorized to pay
qualified U.S. flag operators (i) the differential between U.S. and foreign crew
wage costs and (ii) the differential between U.S. and foreign costs of
protection and indemnity insurance, hull and machinery insurance, and
maintenance and repairs not compensated by insurance. Waterman's operating
differential subsidy payments terminated in early 1997. Currently, two other
liner operators and five bulk carrier operators hold operating differential
subsidy contracts for a total of six liner and nine bulk ships. One of the
remaining ODS contracts for liner vessels will expire on December 31, 1997, and
the final ODS contract for liner vessels will expire by December 31, 1998. The
ODS contracts for the bulk ships will all expire by September 18, 2001.
The federal government has entered into no New ODS contracts since 1981
and recent administrations have indicated that existing ODS agreements will be
allowed to lapse. However, on October 8, 1996, Congress adopted the Maritime
Security Act of 1996 which created the Maritime Security Program and authorized
the payment of $2.1 million per year per ship for 47 U.S. flag ships through
fiscal year 2005. Congress has appropriated a total of $135.5 million to date
for the MSP. This program eliminates the trade route restrictions imposed by the
ODS program and provides flexibility to operate freely in the competitive
market. On December 20, 1996, Waterman entered into MSP contracts with MarAd for
each of its four LASH vessels that operated under ODS contracts until early
1997, and Central Gulf entered into MSP contracts with MarAd for each of its two
car carriers and one of its LASH vessels currently on charter to the MSC.
Waterman's vessels began receiving payments under the MSP in early 1997 upon the
lapse of Waterman's ODS payments. Central Gulf's two car carriers commenced
immediate operation in the MSP on December 20, 1996 and its LASH vessel is
eligible to begin receiving MSP payments upon the termination of its MSC
charter, or the Company may substitute another vessel and receive payments
earlier. By law, the MSP is subject to annual appropriations. In the event that
sufficient appropriations are not made for the MSP by Congress in any fiscal
year, the Maritime Security Act of 1996 permits MSP contractors, such as
Waterman and Central Gulf, to re-flag their vessels under foreign registry
expeditiously.
Seven of the Company's U.S. flag LASH vessels were constructed with the
aid of construction differential subsidies and Title XI loan guarantees
administered by MarAd, the receipt of which obligates the Company to comply with
various dividend and other financial restrictions. Vessels constructed with the
aid of construction differential subsidies may not be operated in domestic
coastwise trade or domestic trade with Hawaii, Puerto Rico or Alaska without the
permission of MarAd and without repayment of the construction differential
subsidy under a formula established by law. Recipients of Title XI loan
guarantees must pay an annual fee of up to 1% of the loan amount.
Under the Merchant Marine Act, U.S. flag vessels are subject to
requisition or charter by the United States whenever the President declares that
the national security requires such action. The owners of any such vessels must
receive just compensation as provided in the Merchant Marine Act, but there is
no assurance that lost profits, if any, will be fully recovered. In addition,
during any extension period under each MSC charter or contract, the MSC has the
right to terminate the charter or contract on 30 days' notice. However, the MSC
has never exercised such termination right with respect to the Company.
41
<PAGE>
Certain of the Company's operations, including its carriage of U.S.
foreign aid cargoes, as well as the Company's coal and molten sulphur
transportation contracts and its Title XI financing arrangements, require the
Company to be as much as 75% owned by U.S. citizens. The Company monitors its
stock ownership to verify its continuing compliance with these requirements and
has never had more than 1% of its common stock held of record by non-U.S.
citizens. In April 1996, the Company's shareholders amended the Company's
charter and stock transfer procedures to limit the acquisition of its common
stock by non-U.S. citizens. Under the amendment, any transfer of the Company's
common stock that would result in non-U.S. citizens owning more than 23% (the
"permitted amount") of the total voting power of the Company would be void and
ineffective against the Company. With respect to any shares owned by non-U.S.
citizens in excess of the permitted amount, the voting rights will be denied and
the dividends will be withheld. Furthermore, the Company is authorized to redeem
shares of common stock owned by non-U.S. citizens in excess of the permitted
amount to reduce ownership by non-U.S. citizens to the permitted amount.
The Company is required by various governmental and quasi-governmental
agencies to obtain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to its
vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon
such factors as the country of registry, the commodity transported, the waters
in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel's crew, the age of
the vessel and the status of the Company as owner or charterer. The Company
believes that it has, or can readily obtain, all permits, licenses and
certificates necessary to permit its vessels to operate.
The International Maritime Organization (IMO) has mandated that vessels
documented under the laws of its member countries, including the United States,
develop and implement quality and safety programs by July 1, 1998 or July 1,
2002, depending on the type of vessels. Vessels operating without the required
compliance certificates could either be fined or denied entry into or detained
in the ports of those countries that are members of the International Maritime
Organization. The Company is in the process of implementing a comprehensive
program to obtain timely IMO certification for all of its vessels and plans to
obtain IMO certification for three of its vessels, which require certification
prior to July 1, 1998, by January, February and March 1998, respectively. The
Company plans to obtain certification for the remainder of its fleet subject to
the certification requirements by the end of 1999, although no assurances to
this effect can be given.
COMPETITION
The shipping industry is intensely competitive and is influenced by events
largely outside the control of shipping companies. Varying economic factors can
cause wide swings in freight rates and sudden shifts in traffic patterns. Vessel
redeployments and new vessel construction can lead to an overcapacity of vessels
offering the same service or operating in the same market. Changes in the
political or regulatory environment can also create competition that is not
necessarily based on normal considerations of profit and loss. The Company's
strategy is to reduce competitive pressures and the effects of cyclical market
conditions by operating specialized vessels in niche market segments and
deploying a substantial number of its vessels under medium- to long-term
charters or contracts with creditworthy customers and on trade routes where it
has established market shares. The Company also seeks to compete effectively in
the traditional areas of price, reliability and timeliness of service.
Competition principally comes from numerous break bulk vessels and,
occasionally, container ships.
Much of the Company's revenue is generated by contracts with the MSC and
contracts to transport Public Law-480 U.S. government-sponsored cargo, a cargo
preference program requiring that 75% of all foreign aid "Food for Peace" cargo
must be transported on U.S. flag vessels, if they are available at reasonable
rates. The Company competes with all U.S. flag companies, including Overseas
Shipholding Group, Inc., OMI Corporation, Marine Transport Lines, Inc., Farrell
Lines, Inc., Lykes Lines, Inc., Sea-Land Service, Inc. and American President
Lines, Inc. for the MSC work and the Public Law-480 cargo. Additionally, the
Company's principal foreign competitors include Hoegh Lines, Star Shipping,
Wilhelmsen Lines and the Shipping Corporation of India.
The Company's LASH liner services face competition from foreign flag liner
operators and, to a lesser degree, from U.S. flag liner operators, including
those who will continue to receive operating differential subsidies through
December 31, 1998. In addition, during periods in which the Company participates
in conference agreements or rate
42
<PAGE>
agreements, competition includes other participants with whom the Company may
agree to charge the same rates and non-participants charging lower rates.
Because the Company's LASH barges are used primarily to transport large
unit size items, such as forest products, natural rubber and steel, that cannot
be transported as efficiently in container ships, the Company's LASH fleet often
has a competitive advantage over these vessels for this type of cargo. In
addition, the Company believes that the ability of its LASH system to operate in
shallow harbors and river systems and its specialized knowledge of these harbors
and river systems give it a competitive advantage over operators of container
ships and break bulk vessels, which are too large to operate in these areas.
The Company's pure car carriers operate worldwide in markets where foreign
flag vessels with foreign crews predominate. The Company believes that its U.S.
flag pure car carriers can continue to compete effectively if it continues to
receive the cooperation of its seamen's unions in controlling costs.
EMPLOYEES
As of September 30, 1997, the Company employed approximately 400 shipboard
personnel and 350 shoreside personnel. The Company considers relations with its
employees to be excellent.
All of the Company's U.S. shipboard personnel and certain shoreside
personnel are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Central Gulf,
Waterman and other U.S. shipping companies are subject to collective bargaining
agreements for shipboard personnel in which the shipping companies servicing
U.S. Gulf and East coast ports also must make contributions to pension plans for
dockside workers. Waterman's collective bargaining agreements covering its liner
service are scheduled to expire in September 1998, while Central Gulf's
collective bargaining agreements are scheduled to expire in December 1997 and
are currently under negotiation. However, pursuant to memoranda of understanding
relating to each of Central Gulf's U.S. flag vessels and Waterman's four U.S.
flag vessels time chartered to or operated for the MSC, the terms and conditions
of the respective collective bargaining agreements will continue for the
duration of the charters under which the vessels are being operated. The Company
has experienced no strikes or other significant labor problems during the last
ten years.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In the normal course of its operations, the Company becomes involved in
various litigation matters including, among other things, claims by third
parties for alleged property damages, personal injuries and other matters. While
the outcome of such claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company
believes that its insurance coverage and reserves with respect to such claims
are adequate and that such claims will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business or financial condition. See Note F of the Notes to the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference into this
Prospectus.
43
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
Set forth below is information concerning the directors and executive
officers of the Company as of December 15, 1997.
NAME CURRENT POSITION
---- ----------------
Niels W. Johnsen........ Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Erik F. Johnsen......... President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Niels M. Johnsen........ Executive Vice President and Director
Erik L. Johnsen......... Executive Vice President and Director
Harold S. Grehan, Jr. .. Vice President and Director
Gary L. Ferguson........ Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
David B. Drake.......... Vice President and Treasurer
Manuel G. Estrada....... Vice President and Controller
Laurance Eustis......... Director
Raymond V. O'Brien, Jr. Director
Edwin Lupberger ........ Director
Edward K. Trowbridge.... Director
NIELS W. JOHNSEN, 75, has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company since its commencement of operations in 1979 and served as Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer of each of the Company's principal subsidiaries
until April 1997. He previously served as Chairman of Trans Union Corporation's
ocean shipping group of companies from December of 1971 through May of 1979. He
was one of the founders of Central Gulf in 1947 and held various positions with
Central Gulf until Trans Union acquired Central Gulf in 1971. He is also a
former director of Reserve Fund, Inc., a money market fund, and a former Trustee
of Atlantic Mutual Companies, an insurance company. He is the brother of Erik F.
Johnsen.
ERIK F. JOHNSEN, 72, has been the President, Chief Operating Officer and
Director of the Company since its commencement of operations in 1979. Until
April 1997, Mr. Johnsen served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of
each of the Company's principal subsidiaries, except Waterman, which he served
as Chairman of the Executive Committee. Along with his brother, Niels W.
Johnsen, he was one of the founders of Central Gulf in 1947 and served as its
President from 1966 to April 1997. Mr. Johnsen is also a director of First
Commerce Corporation, a bank holding company. Mr. Johnsen has served as the
Chairman of the Board of Assurance foreningen GARD, a P&I insurance club since
1994 and has been a member since 1982. He is the brother of Niels W. Johnsen.
NIELS M. JOHNSEN, 52, is Executive Vice President of the Company. Mr.
Johnsen has served as a Director of the Company since April of 1988. He joined
Central Gulf on a full time basis in 1970 and held various positions with the
Company before being named Executive Vice President in April 1997. He has also
served as the Chairman of each of the Company's principal subsidiaries, except
Waterman, since April 1997. He is also President of Waterman and N. W. Johnsen &
Co., Inc., subsidiaries of the Company engaged in LASH liner service and ship
and cargo charter brokerage, respectively. He is the son of Niels W. Johnsen.
ERIK L. JOHNSEN, 40, is Executive Vice President of the Company. He joined
Central Gulf in 1979 and held various positions with the Company before being
named Executive Vice President in April 1997. He has served as a Director of the
Company since 1994. He has also served as the President of each of the Company's
principal subsidiaries, except Waterman, since April 1997, and as Executive Vice
President of Waterman since September 1989. He is responsible for all operations
of the Company's vessel fleet and leads the Company's Ship Management Group.
He is the son of Erik F. Johnsen.
HAROLD S. GREHAN, JR., 69, is Vice President of the Company. He joined
Central Gulf in 1958 and became Vice President in 1959, Senior Vice President in
1973 and Executive Vice President and Director in 1979. He participated in the
development of the Company's LASH program and has direct responsibility for
conventional and LASH vessel traffic movements.
44
<PAGE>
GARY L. FERGUSON, 57, is Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the
Company. He joined Central Gulf in 1968 where he held various positions with the
Company prior to being named Controller in 1977, and Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer in 1989.
DAVID B. DRAKE, 42, is Vice President and Treasurer of the Company. He
joined Central Gulf in 1979 and held various positions prior to being named Vice
President and Treasurer in 1996.
MANUEL G. ESTRADA, 43, is Vice President and Controller of the Company. He
joined Central Gulf in 1978 and held various positions prior to being named Vice
President and Controller in 1996.
LAURANCE EUSTIS, 84, has served as a Director of the Company since 1979.
He is the Chairman of the Board of Eustis Insurance, Inc., a mortgage banking
and general insurance company, located in New Orleans, Louisiana. Mr. Eustis is
also a director of First Commerce Corporation, a bank holding company, and Pan
American Life Insurance Company.
RAYMOND V. O'BRIEN, JR., 70, has served as a Director of the Company since
1979. He is also a director of Emigrant Savings Bank. He served as Chairman of
the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Emigrant Savings Bank from January
of 1978 through December of 1992.
EDWIN LUPBERGER, 61, has served as a Director of the Company since April
of 1988. Mr. Lupberger is the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
of Entergy Corporation, an electric utility holding company and its principal
operating subsidiaries, Entergy Arkansas, Inc., Entergy Gulf States, Inc.,
Entergy Louisiana, Inc., Entergy Mississippi, Inc. and Entergy New Orleans, Inc.
He is also a director of First Commerce Corporation, a bank holding company.
EDWARD K. TROWBRIDGE, 69, has served as a Director of the Company since
April of 1994. He served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of
the Atlantic Mutual Companies from July of 1988 through November of 1993.
45
<PAGE>
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following persons were known by the Company to own beneficially more
than five percent of its Common Stock (the only outstanding voting security of
the Company) as of September 30, 1997 unless otherwise indicated. The
information set forth below has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act based upon information furnished by the persons listed.
Unless otherwise indicated, all shares shown as beneficially owned are held with
sole voting and investment power.
As of September 30, 1997, Niels W. Johnsen and Erik F. Johnsen were the
beneficial owners of a total of 1,783,842 shares (26.69%) of the Company's
Common Stock, and, to the extent they act together, they may be deemed to be in
control of the Company.
AMOUNT
BENEFICIALLY PERCENT
NAME AND ADDRESS OWNED OF CLASS
---------------- ----- --------
Niels W. Johnsen ........................... 1,021,082(1) 15.28%
(Chairman of the Board of the Company)
One Whitehall Street
New York, New York 10004
Erik F. Johnsen ............................ 762,760(2) 11.41%
(President and Director of the Company)
650 Poydras Street
New Orleans, Louisiana
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc............... 727,562(3) 10.89%
100 E. Pratt Street
Baltimore, Maryland 21202
Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., Inc............. 445,879(4) 6.67%
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10153
Dimensional Fund Advisors, Inc.............. 440,579(5) 6.59%
1299 Ocean Avenue
Santa Monica, California 90401
David L. Babson and Company, Incorporated... 437,281(6) 6.54%
One Memorial Drive
Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142-1300
Franklin Resource, Inc...................... 348,100(7) 5.21%
777 Mariners Island Blvd.
San Mateo, California 94404
- -------------------
(1) Includes 224,622 shares owned by a corporation of which Mr. Johnsen is a
controlling shareholder. Also includes 24,387 shares held in a Grantor
Retained Annuity Trust of which Niels W. Johnsen is income and principal
beneficiary.
(2) Includes 232,319 shares held as Agent and Attorney-in-Fact with full
rights of voting, disposition, or otherwise for the benefit of Erik F.
Johnsen's children. Also includes 7,875 shares owned by Mr. Johnsen's
wife.
46
<PAGE>
(3) Based on information contained in Schedule 13G as of December 31, 1996.
These securities are owned by various individual and institutional
investors including T. Rowe Price Small Cap Value Fund, Inc. (which owns
580,000 shares, representing 8.6% of the shares outstanding), for which T.
Rowe Price Associates, Inc. ("Price Associates") serves as investment
adviser with power to direct investments and/or sole power to vote the
securities. Sole voting power is held only with respect to 26,000 of the
shares reported. Sole dispositive power is reported with respect to all
727,562 shares. For purposes of the reporting requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Price Associates is deemed to be a
beneficial owner of such securities; however Price Associates expressly
disclaims that it is, in fact, the beneficial owner of such shares.
(4) Based on information contained in Schedule 13G as of December 31, 1996.
Includes 260,712 shares beneficially owned with sole voting power and
13,802 shares beneficially owned with shared power to vote.
Sole dispositive power reported with respect to all 445,879 shares.
(5) Based on information contained in Schedule 13G as of December 31, 1996.
Includes 333,779 shares beneficially owned with sole voting power. Sole
dispositive power reported with respect to all 440,579 shares. Dimensional
Fund Advisors, Inc. ("Dimensional"), a registered investment advisor, is
deemed to have beneficial ownership of 440,579 shares, all of which shares
are held in portfolios of DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., a
registered open-end investment company, or in series of the DFA Investment
Trust Company, a Delaware business trust, or the DFA Group Trust and DFA
Participation Group Trust, investment vehicles for qualified employee
benefit plans, all of which Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc. serves as
investment manager. Dimensional disclaims beneficial ownership of all such
shares.
(6) Based on information contained in Schedule 13G as of December 31, 1996.
Includes 296,950 shares beneficially owned with sole voting power and
140,331 shares beneficially owned with shared power to vote.
Sole dispositive power reported with respect to all 437,281 shares.
(7) Based on information contained in a joint filing on Schedule 13G as of
December 31, 1996 by Franklin Resources, Inc. ("FRI"), Charles B. Johnson,
Rupert H. Johnson, Jr. , and Franklin Advisory Services, Inc. Franklin
Advisory Services, Inc. has sole voting and dispositive power with respect
to all 348,100 shares. FRI is the parent holding company of Franklin
Advisory Services, Inc., an investment advisor. Charles B. Johnson and
Rupert H. Johnson are principal shareholders of FRI. FRI, Charles B.
Johnson, Rupert H. Johnson and Franklin Advisory Services, Inc. disclaim
any economic interest or beneficial ownership in any of the shares.
47
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
At September 30, 1997, the Company's consolidated outstanding indebtedness
aggregated $296.8 million (excluding capital leases and amounts drawn under
lines of credit). Such amount included (i) $41.8 million in Title XI loans
guaranteed by the U.S. government bearing interest at fixed rates ranging from
7.08% to 9.05% per annum; (ii) $148.2 million in loans bearing interest at fixed
rates ranging from 6.70% to 9.97% per annum; and (iii) $106.8 million in loans
bearing interest at variable rates ranging from 6.63% to 7.56% per annum. This
indebtedness is represented by 19 loan agreements entered into by the Company
and various of its subsidiaries and is secured by a variety of first, and in
some cases second, preferred ship mortgages on vessels of the Company,
assignments of charters and contracts, assignments of retention accounts and
earnings, assignments of insurance, pledges of stock of certain of the Company's
subsidiaries, collateral mortgages of certain properties of the Company's
subsidiaries and by guarantees of the Company.
Many of the loan agreements described above contain restrictive covenants
requiring minimum levels of working capital, minimum levels of net worth,
maintenance of specified financial ratios, minimum levels of liquidity and
restrictions on the ability of the Company's subsidiaries to pay dividends to
the Company. The loan agreements also contain various provisions restricting the
right of the Company and its subsidiaries to make certain investments, to place
additional liens on the property of the Company and its subsidiaries, to incur
additional long-term debt, to make certain payments (including in certain
instances, dividends), to merge or to undergo a similar corporate
reorganization, and to enter into transactions with affiliated companies.
Additionally, many of the loan agreements contain provisions for prepayment
penalties. See "Risk Factors - Ranking of the Notes; Holding Company Structure"
and "-Restrictions Imposed by Terms of the Company's Indebtedness."
Absent waivers, consents or modifications with respect to certain of the
Company's loan agreements, the sale of the Notes would cause the Company to be
in non-compliance with some of the foregoing restrictions. Accordingly, the
Company has reached agreements in principle with its lenders regarding waivers,
consents and modifications to such restrictions and is in the process of
documenting such agreements.
The Company and three of its subsidiaries maintain three revolving lines
of credit that are available for working capital purposes. These lines are for
$5.0 million, $10.0 million and $20.0 million, and expire on July 31, 1999,
December 31, 1998 and July 1, 1999, respectively. At December 15, 1997, an
aggregate of $8.0 million was drawn under such lines.
DESCRIPTION OF NEW CREDIT FACILITY
On January 23, 1998, the Company entered into a two-year unsecured $25.0
million revolving credit facility (the "New Credit Facility") with Citibank,
N.A., an affiliate of the Initial Purchasers, as agent (the "Agent"). The New
Credit Facility replaced three prior revolving credit facilities aggregating
$35.0 million, of which $16.0 million was outstanding as of September 30, 1997.
The borrower under the New Credit Facility is the Company, whereas the borrowers
under the replaced facilities were certain subsidiaries of the Company. The New
Credit Facility is unsecured. Subject to certain terms and conditions, the New
Credit Facility provides for a two-year, $25.0 million revolving credit
facility. The New Credit Facility requires the Company to make mandatory
prepayments and commitment reductions under certain circumstances. In addition,
the Company may make optional prepayments and commitment reductions. It is
anticipated that borrowings under the New Credit Facility will accrue interest,
at the option of the Company, at either the Agent's base rate or a eurodollar
rate plus 1.0%. The New Credit Facility contains customary covenants and
requires the Company to comply with certain financial ratios and maintenance
tests. The New Credit Facility has been filed as an exhibit to the registration
statement of which this Prospectus forms a part and will be made available upon
request to the Company.
48
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES
The form and terms of the New Notes are the same as the form and terms of
the Old Notes except that (i) the New Notes will have been registered under the
Securities Act and thus will not bear restrictive legends restricting their
transfer pursuant to the Securities Act and (ii) holders of New Notes will not
be entitled to certain rights of holders of the Old Notes under the Registration
Rights Agreement which will terminate upon the consummation of the Exchange
Offer. The Old Notes have been, and the New Notes will be, issued under an
Indenture dated as of January 22, 1998 (the "Indenture") between the Company and
The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"). Unless the context requires
otherwise, all references to the "Notes" in this section shall mean the "New
Notes."
The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture.
This summary is not a complete description of the Notes, and where reference is
made to particular provisions of the Indenture, such provisions, including the
definitions of certain terms, are qualified in their entirety by reference to
all of the provisions of the Indenture and those terms made a part of the
Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. A copy of the
Indenture may be obtained from the Company and the Initial Purchasers. The
definitions of certain capitalized terms used in the following summary are set
forth below under "- Certain Definitions." For purposes of this section,
references to the "Company" include only the Company and not its subsidiaries.
GENERAL
The Notes will mature on October 15, 2007 and are limited to $160,000,000
in aggregate principal amount, of which $110,000,000 was issued in the Offering.
Additional amounts of Notes may be issued in one or more series from time to
time subject to the limitations set forth under "- Certain Covenants --
Limitation on Indebtedness." Each Note will bear interest at a rate of 7 3/4%,
payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing April
15, 1998, to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of
business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding such interest payment date.
Interest accrues from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest
has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original
issuance. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day months.
Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes are payable, and
the Notes are transferable, at the office or agency of the Company in the City
of New York maintained for such purposes, which initially will be the Trustee or
an agent thereof; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the
option of the Company by check mailed to the Person entitled thereto as shown on
the security register. The Notes may be issued only in fully registered form
without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.
No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer, exchange or
redemption of Notes, except in certain circumstances for any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.
RANKING
The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company, ranking PARI
PASSU in right of payment with all other existing and future senior indebtedness
of the Company and senior to all existing and future subordinated obligations of
the Company. Upon completion of the Offering and the New Credit Facility, and
after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the
Company would have had outstanding approximately $108.6 million of senior
Indebtedness other than the Notes (not including guarantees of $77.1 million of
Indebtedness of Subsidiaries). Since all of the Company's operations are
conducted, and substantially all of the Company's assets are owned, by
Subsidiaries, the Notes are effectively subordinated to all existing and future
liabilities (including trade payables) of Subsidiaries. At September 30, 1997
and after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds of the sale of
the Notes offered in the Offering, Subsidiaries of the Company would have had
outstanding approximately $113.3 million of Indebtedness (other than
intercompany indebtedness).
REDEMPTION
The Notes will not be redeemable prior to maturity nor will the Company be
required to make any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the Notes.
49
<PAGE>
CERTAIN COVENANTS
The Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:
LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS. The Company will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or, directly or indirectly, guarantee the
payment of (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including any Acquired
Indebtedness but excluding Permitted Indebtedness) unless (a) at the time of
such event and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis the Company's
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the four full fiscal quarters immediately
preceding such event, taken as one period calculated on the assumption that such
Indebtedness had been incurred on the first day of such four-quarter period and,
in the case of Acquired Indebtedness, on the assumption that the related
acquisition (whether by means of purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise)
also had occurred on such date with the appropriate adjustments with respect to
such acquisition being included in such pro forma calculation, would have been
at least equal to 2.0:1.0 and (b) in the case of any Indebtedness of the
Company, the Indebtedness is pari passu in right of payment to the Notes or is
Subordinated Indebtedness provided that such Subordinated Indebtedness has a
Stated Maturity (including any scheduled repayments or sinking fund payments)
subsequent to one year after the maturity of the Notes.
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS. The Company will not, and will not
permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
(i) declare or pay any dividend on, or make any distribution to holders
of, any Capital Stock of the Company (other than dividends or distributions
payable in shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or in options,
warrants or other rights to purchase Qualified Capital Stock of the Company);
(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital
Stock of the Company or any Affiliate thereof (other than any Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of the Company) or any option, warrant or other right to acquire such
Capital Stock;
(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, decease or
otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking
fund payment or maturity any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company;
(iv) declare or pay any dividend or distribution on any Capital Stock of
any Subsidiary to any Person other than the Company or any Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Capital Stock of any Subsidiary held by any Person (other than the Company or
any Wholly Owned Subsidiaries);
(v) incur, create or assume any guarantee of Indebtedness of any Affiliate
(other than with respect to (i) guarantees of Indebtedness of any Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of the Company by the Company or by any Subsidiary or (ii) guarantees
of Indebtedness of the Company by any Subsidiary, in each case in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture); or
(vi) make any Investment (other than any Permitted Investment) in any
Person (such payments described in (i) through (vi) collectively, "Restricted
Payments");
unless at the time of and after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment
(the amount of any such Restricted Payment, if other than cash, as determined by
the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by
a Board Resolution), (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, (2) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to
such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness under the provisions of "-- Limitation on Indebtedness"
(other than Permitted Indebtedness), and (3) the aggregate amount of all
Restricted Payments declared or made after the date of the Indenture shall not
exceed the sum of:
(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company accrued on a
cumulative basis during the period beginning on the first day of the
fiscal quarter in which the Notes are initially issued and ending on
50
<PAGE>
the last day of the Company's last fiscal quarter ending prior to the date
of such proposed Restricted Payment (or, if such aggregate cumulative
Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss);
(B) the aggregate net proceeds, including the Fair Market Value of
property other than cash (as determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company, whose good faith determination shall be conclusive) received
after the date of the Indenture by the Company as capital contributions to
the Company;
(C) the aggregate net proceeds, including the Fair Market Value of
property other than cash (as determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company, whose good faith determination shall be conclusive) received
after the date of the Indenture by the Company from the issuance or sale
(other than to any Subsidiaries) of shares of Capital Stock of the Company
or any options or warrants to purchase such shares (other than issuances
in respect of clause (ii) of the next paragraph) of Capital Stock of the
Company;
(D) the aggregate net proceeds, including the Fair Market Value of
property other than cash (as determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company, whose good faith determination shall be conclusive) received
after the date of the Indenture by the Company (other than from any
Subsidiaries) upon the exercise of any options or warrants to purchase
shares of Capital Stock of the Company;
(E) the aggregate net proceeds, including the Fair Market Value of
property other than cash (as determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company, whose good faith determination shall be conclusive) received
after the date of the Indenture, by the Company for debt securities that
have been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Capital Stock of the
Company; and
(F) $10 million.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and in the case of clause (iii) below, so
long as there is no Default or Event of Default continuing, the foregoing
provisions shall not take into account and shall not prohibit:
(i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of
declaration if at the date of declaration, such payment would be permitted by
the provisions of the preceding paragraph and such payment shall be deemed to
have been paid on such date of declaration for purposes of the calculation
required by the provisions of the preceding paragraph;
(ii) any redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of any
shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Company or any Subordinated
Indebtedness in exchange for, or out of the net proceeds of, a substantially
concurrent issue and sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of other shares of
Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, provided that the net proceeds from the
issuance of such shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from clause (C)
of the preceding paragraph; or
(iii) any redemption, repurchase, or other acquisition or retirement of
Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company (other than Redeemable Capital Stock)
made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent
sale of, Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company so long as (A) the principal
amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the
Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired (plus the
amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument
governing the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired),
(B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to Senior Indebtedness and the Notes to
the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged,
redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (C) such Indebtedness has a Stated
Maturity for its final scheduled principal payment later than the Stated
Maturity for the final scheduled principal payment of the Notes and (D) such
Indebtedness has an Average Life to Stated Maturity equal to or greater than the
remaining Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Notes.
PURCHASE OF NOTES UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL. If a Change of Control occurs at
any time, each holder of Notes will have the right to require that the Company
repurchase such holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the
principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
date of purchase, as provided in and subject to the terms of the Indenture.
Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a
51
<PAGE>
notice to each holder of Notes stating (a) that a Change of Control has occurred
and that such holder has the right to require the Company to repurchase such
holder's Notes in cash; (b) the date of purchase (which shall be no earlier than
30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); (c) the
purchase price of the repurchase; (d) the circumstances and relevant facts
regarding such Change of Control; and (e) the instructions determined by the
Company, consistent with this covenant, that a holder must follow in order to
have its Notes repurchased.
There can be no assurance that the Company will have adequate resources to
repurchase or refinance all Indebtedness owing under the Notes in the event of a
Change of Control. The failure of the Company following a Change of Control to
make or consummate an offer or pay the purchase price with respect to such offer
when due will give the Trustee and the holders of the Notes the rights described
under "- Events of Default."
The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements
of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and other securities laws or regulations in
connection with the repurchase of the Notes as described above.
The existence of a holder's right to require the Company to repurchase its
Notes in respect of a Change of Control may deter a third party from acquiring
the Company in a transaction which constitutes a Change of Control.
LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. The Company will not, and will
not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly (other than pursuant to
contractual arrangements in effect on the date of the Indenture), conduct any
business or enter into any transaction or series of related transactions
(including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets,
property or services) with any Affiliate of the Company (other than a Wholly
Owned Subsidiary or a Joint Venture Entity) unless (i) the terms of such
business transaction or series of transactions are (A) set forth in writing and
(B) no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be,
than would be obtainable in a comparable transaction or series of related
transactions in arm's-length dealings with an unrelated third party, and (ii)
with respect to a transaction or series of transactions involving aggregate
payments in excess of $1 million, such transaction or series of transactions has
been approved by a majority of the Independent Directors.
DISPOSITION OF PROCEEDS OF ASSET SALES. (a) The Company will not, and will
not permit any Subsidiary to, make any Asset Sale unless (i) at least 85% of the
proceeds from such Asset Sale are received in cash (or, in lieu of cash, (x) a
promissory note issued by the purchaser of the Asset covered by the Asset Sale
and secured by a first perfected security interest in such Asset provided such
security interest remains in full force and perfected until all obligations
arising under such promissory note are paid in full or (y) property or assets to
be used by the Company in a substantially similar manner as the property or
asset which was disposed of in such Asset Sale, as determined by the Board of
Directors of the Company, whose good faith determination shall be conclusive)
and (ii) the Company or such Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of
such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares or assets
subject to such Asset Sale as determined by the Board of Directors and evidenced
in a Board Resolution, whose determination shall be conclusive (including
valuation of all non-cash consideration).
(b) If all or a portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale are not
required to be applied to repay permanently any outstanding Pari Passu
Indebtedness or any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary as required by the terms
thereof, the Company determines not to apply such Net Cash Proceeds to the
prepayment of Pari Passu Indebtedness or any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary or
if no such Pari Passu Indebtedness or such Indebtedness of any Subsidiary is
outstanding, then the Company may, within one year of the Asset Sale, invest (or
enter into a legally binding agreement to invest) the Net Cash Proceeds in
assets that (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall
be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) will be used by the Company
and Wholly Owned Subsidiaries in their marine transportation businesses or in
businesses reasonably related thereto. If any legally binding agreement to
invest any Net Cash Proceeds is terminated, then the Company may invest such Net
Cash Proceeds, prior to the end of such one-year period or six months from such
termination, whichever is later, in the business of the Company and Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries as provided above. The amount of such Net Cash Proceeds neither
used to repay or prepay Indebtedness nor used or invested as set forth in the
preceding sentences constitutes "Excess Proceeds."
(c) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds equals $50 million or
more, the Company shall apply the Excess Proceeds to the repayment of the Notes
as provided in this paragraph (c). The Company shall make an offer to purchase
(an "Offer") from all Holders of the Notes in accordance with the procedures set
forth in the Indenture in the
52
<PAGE>
maximum principal amount (expressed as a multiple of $1,000) of Notes that may
be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds (the "Note Amount"). The offer price
shall be payable in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of
the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date such Offer is
consummated (the "Offered Price"), in accordance with the procedures set forth
in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate Offered Price tendered
pursuant to an Offer is less than the Note Amount (the amount by which the
aggregate Offered Price is less than the Note Amount constitutes a
"Deficiency"), the Company may use such Deficiency, or a portion thereof, in the
business of the Company and Wholly Owned Subsidiaries. Upon completion of the
purchase of all the Notes tendered pursuant to an Offer, the amount of Excess
Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
(d) If the Company becomes obligated to make an offer pursuant to clause
(c) above, Notes shall be purchased by the Company, at the option of the holder
thereof, in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000, on a date that is
not earlier than 45 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is
given to holders, or such later date as may be necessary for the Company to
comply with the requirements under the Exchange Act.
(e) Whenever Excess Proceeds received by the Company equals $50 million or
more, such Excess Proceeds shall, prior to the purchase of Notes described in
paragraph (c) above, be set aside by the Company in a separate account pending
(i) deposit with the depositary of the amount required to purchase the Notes
tendered in an Offer or (ii) delivery by the Company of the Offered Price to the
holders of the Notes tendered in an Offer. Such Excess Proceeds may be invested
in Temporary Cash Investments the maturity date of which is not later than the
Offer Date. The Company shall be entitled to any interest or dividends accrued,
earned or paid on such Temporary Cash Investments.
(f) In the event that the Company shall be unable to purchase Notes from
holders thereof in an Offer because of provisions of applicable law, the Company
need not make an Offer. The Company shall then be obligated to (i) invest the
Excess Proceeds in properties and assets to replace the properties and assets
that were the subject of the Asset Sale or in properties and assets that (as
determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive
and evidenced by a Board Resolution) will be used in the businesses of the
Company and Wholly Owned Subsidiaries existing on the date of the Indenture or
in businesses reasonably related thereto and/or (ii) apply the Excess Proceeds
to repay Pari Passu Indebtedness or Indebtedness of Subsidiaries.
(g) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the
requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and other securities laws or
regulations in connection with the repurchase of the Notes.
LIMITATION OF LIENS. The Company will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind
upon any of their respective assets or properties having an aggregate book value
in excess of $500,000 now owned or acquired after the date of the Indenture or
any income or profits therefrom to secure any Indebtedness of the Company unless
contemporaneously therewith or prior thereto the Notes are equally and ratably
secured with the obligation or liability secured by such Lien, except for the
Liens set forth on Schedule I thereto and any extension, renewal, refinancing or
replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien set forth on Schedule I thereto,
so long as (1) the amount of security is not increased thereby, (2) the
aggregate amount of Indebtedness or other obligations secured by the Lien after
such extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement does not exceed the
aggregate amount of the Indebtedness or other obligations secured by the
existing Lien prior to such extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement and
(3) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien (other than Permitted Indebtedness),
if any, is permitted under the provisions of the Indenture.
LIMITATION OF GUARANTEES BY SUBSIDIARIES. (a) The Company will not permit
any Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to assume, guarantee or in any other
manner become liable with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company unless (i)
such Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture
evidencing its guarantee of payment of the Notes, on a ranking in right of
payment at least equal to such assumption, guarantee or liability (unless such
other indebtedness of the Company being guaranteed is subordinated indebtedness,
in which case on a ranking in right of payment prior to such assumption,
guarantee or liability) and (ii) such Subsidiary waives, and will not in any
manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of
reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company
or any other Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Subsidiary under its
guarantee.
53
<PAGE>
(b) Each guarantee of the Notes created pursuant to the provisions
described in the foregoing paragraph is referred to as a "Guarantee" and the
issuer of each such Guarantee is referred to as a "Guarantor." Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any Guarantee by a Subsidiary of the Notes shall provide by its
terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged
upon any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person not an Affiliate of the
Company, of all of the Capital Stock owned by the Company (directly or
indirectly) in, or all or substantially all the assets of, such Subsidiary,
which is in compliance with the Indenture.
RESTRICTIONS ON PREFERRED STOCK OF SUBSIDIARIES. The Company will not
permit any Subsidiary to issue any Preferred Stock (other than to the Company or
a Wholly Owned Subsidiary), or permit any Person (other than the Company or a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary) to own any Preferred Stock of any Subsidiary.
LIMITATION ON DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING
SUBSIDIARIES. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to,
create or otherwise cause to become effective any consensual encumbrance or
restriction of any kind, on the ability of any Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends
or make any other distribution on its Capital Stock, (b) pay any Indebtedness
owed to the Company or any other Subsidiary, (c) make any Investment in the
Company or any other Subsidiary or (d) transfer any of its property or assets to
the Company or any other Subsidiary, except (i) any encumbrance or restriction
pursuant to an agreement in effect at or entered into on the date of the
Indenture; (ii) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Title XI Financing
provided that such encumbrance or restriction is no more onerous to the Company
or such Subsidiary than any provision contained in any agreement or other
document pertaining to a Title XI Financing to which the Company or such
Subsidiary is a party or subject which is outstanding on the date of the
Indenture; (iii) any encumbrance or restriction, with respect to a Subsidiary
that is not a Subsidiary on the date of the Indenture, in existence at the time
such Person becomes a Subsidiary or created on the date it becomes a Subsidiary
and not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person
becoming a Subsidiary; and (iv) any encumbrance or restriction existing under
any agreement that extends, renews, refinances or replaces the agreements
containing the restrictions in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), and (iii)
provided, that the terms and conditions of any such restrictions are not
materially less favorable to the holders of the Notes than those under or
pursuant to the agreement evidencing the Indebtedness so extended, renewed,
refinanced or replaced (in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company
and evidenced in a Board Resolution whose determination shall be conclusive).
LIMITATIONS ON UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES. The Company will not make, and
will not permit any Subsidiaries to make, any Investments in Unrestricted
Subsidiaries if, at the time thereof, (i) the aggregate amount of such
Investments would exceed the sum of (x) 10% of the Company's Consolidated Net
Tangible Assets at the time of determination and (y) the amount of Restricted
Payments then permitted to be made pursuant to "-- Limitation on Restricted
Payments" and (ii) after giving effect to such Investment, the Company could not
incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness). Any
Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries permitted to be made pursuant to this
covenant may be made in cash or property.
LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS. The Company shall not, and
shall not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any sale and leaseback
transaction unless (i) the Company or such Subsidiary could have incurred
Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale
and leaseback transaction pursuant to "-- Limitation on Indebtedness" or (ii)
the proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the
fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and evidenced
by a Board Resolution) of the property and the Company or such Subsidiary
applies or causes to be applied an amount in cash equal to the Net Cash Proceeds
from such sale to (A) purchase Notes or prepay Pari Passu Indebtedness or any
Indebtedness of any Subsidiary or (B) be used by the Company and Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries in their marine transportation businesses or in businesses
reasonably related thereto, in each case within 90 days of the effective date of
any such sale and leaseback transaction.
MERGER AND SALE OF ASSETS, ETC.
The Company shall not, in a single transaction or through a series of
related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or
sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its properties and assets as an entirety to any other
Person or group of affiliated Persons or permit any Subsidiaries to enter into
any such transaction or transactions if such transaction or transactions, in the
aggregate, would result in a sale, assignment, transfer, lease or disposal of
all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and
54
<PAGE>
Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis to any other Person or group of affiliated
Persons, or permit any Person to consolidate or merge with or into the Company
unless at the time and after giving effect thereto (i) either (a) the Company
shall be the continuing Person, or (b) the Person (if other than the Company)
formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which all
or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, substantially
as an entirety, are transferred (the "Surviving Entity") shall be a corporation,
partnership or trust organized and validly existing under the laws of the United
States of America, or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and shall
expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to
the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and
punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all of
the Notes and the performance and observance of every covenant of the Indenture
on the part of the Company to be performed or observed, and the Indenture shall
remain in full force and effect; (ii) immediately before and immediately after
giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis (and treating any
Indebtedness not previously an obligation of the Company or a Subsidiary which
becomes the obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with or as
a result of such transaction as having been incurred at the time of such
transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing and the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not the
continuing obligor under the Indenture), after giving effect to such
transaction, could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted
Indebtedness) under the "-- Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant; (iii)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis (and
treating any Indebtedness not previously an obligation of the Company or a
Subsidiary which becomes the obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary in
connection with or as a result of such transaction as having been incurred at
the time of such transaction), the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company (or the
Surviving Entity if the Company is not the continuing obligor under the
Indenture) is at least equal to the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company
immediately before such transaction; and (iv) each Guarantor, if any, unless it
is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by
supplemental indenture or guarantee confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to
such Person's obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.
In connection with any consolidation, merger, transfer or lease
contemplated hereby, the Company or such Person shall deliver, or cause to be
delivered, to the Trustee, in the form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee, an officer's certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating
that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease or
disposition and the supplemental indenture in respect thereto comply with the
requirements under the Indenture.
A Guarantor, if any (other than any Subsidiary whose Guarantee is being
released as described under "-- Limitation of Guarantees by Subsidiaries" as a
result of such transaction), shall not, and the Company will not permit a
Guarantor, in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions,
to consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person, or sell, assign,
convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
properties and assets on a Consolidated basis substantially as an entirety to
any other Person or group of affiliated Persons unless (i) either (1) such
Guarantor shall be the continuing corporation, partnership or trust or (2) the
entity (if other than such Guarantor) formed by such consolidation or into which
such Guarantor is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment,
conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition the properties and assets of such
Guarantor substantially as an entirety (the "Transaction Survivor") shall be a
corporation, partnership or trust organized and validly existing under (x) the
laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (y)
the laws of any other country recognized by the United States of America and, in
either case, shall expressly assume by a supplemental indenture or guarantee,
executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Notes and the
Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and
treating any Indebtedness not previously an obligation of such Guarantor or a
subsidiary thereof which becomes the obligation of such Guarantor or any of its
subsidiaries in connection with or as a result of the transaction as having been
incurred at the time of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing; (iii) the Transaction Survivor shall have
delivered to the Trustee opinions of independent counsel to the effect that (a)
the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize United States federal
income, gain or loss for income tax or other tax purposes as a result of such
transaction, and will be subject to United States federal income tax and other
tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would be
the case if such transaction had not occurred and (b) there will be no
withholding tax imposed on any payments made pursuant to the Notes or the
Guarantees by the jurisdiction in which the Transaction Survivor is domiciled or
incorporated; provided that the holders of Notes file any forms with the
relevant governments which the Company reasonably requests such holders to file,
which filings will have no other material economic or legal consequences to such
holders; and (iv) such Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee an
officer's
55
<PAGE>
certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation,
merger, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition and such
supplemental indenture comply with the Indenture, and that all conditions
precedent therein relating to such transaction have been complied with.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary may (x) merge or consolidate
with or into any other Wholly Owned Subsidiary or the Company or (y) sell,
assign, convey, transfer, lease, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of its properties and assets to any other Wholly Owned Subsidiary or the
Company; provided that (A) any Person surviving any such merger or consolidation
with a Guarantor or which acquires substantially all of the assets of any
Guarantor (the "Acquisition Survivor") shall expressly assume by a supplemental
indenture or guarantee executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, any obligations of such
Subsidiary to guarantee the obligations owing under this Indenture; and (B) the
Acquisition Survivor shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers'
certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the transaction and the
supplemental guarantee or indenture executed in connection therewith comply with
this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to
such transaction have been complied with.
In the event of any transaction (other than a lease) described in and
complying with the conditions listed in the immediately preceding paragraphs in
which the Company or any Guarantor is not the continuing corporation, the
successor Person formed or remaining shall succeed to, and be substituted for,
and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or such Guarantor, as the
case may be, with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as
the Company under the Indenture or such Guarantor under the Guarantee, as the
case may be.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
An Event of Default will occur under the Indenture if:
(i) there shall be a failure to pay an installment of interest on any of
the Notes when it becomes due and payable and continuance of such default for a
period of 30 days after the date when due;
(ii) there shall be a failure to pay when due the principal of (at its
Stated Maturity, required repurchase or otherwise) or premium, if any, on any of
the Notes;
(iii) the Company or any Guarantor, if any, shall fail to comply with its
obligations under "- Merger and Sale of Assets, etc." above;
(iv) (A) the Company shall fail to perform or observe any other covenant,
warranty or agreement contained in the Notes or the Indenture (other than a
default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which
is expressly dealt with elsewhere herein) for a period of 30 days after written
notice of such failure, requiring the Company to remedy the same, shall have
been given (x) to the Company by the Trustee or (y) to the Company and the
Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding; or (B) the Company shall have failed to make or
consummate an offer in accordance with the provisions of "- Certain Covenants --
Purchase of Notes upon Change of Control" or "- Certain Covenants -- Disposition
of Proceeds of Asset Sales";
(v) (A) a default in the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or
interest on any Indebtedness shall have occurred under any agreements,
indentures or instruments under which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary
then has outstanding Indebtedness in excess of $5 million when the same shall
become due and payable and continuation of such default after any applicable
grace period or (B) an event of default as defined in any of the foregoing
agreements, indentures or instruments shall have occurred and the Indebtedness
thereunder, if not already matured at its final maturity in accordance with its
terms, shall have been accelerated;
(vi) any Guarantee, if any, is determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be null and void or the Guarantor, if any, denies that it has
any further liability under the Guarantee, or gives notice to such effect (other
than by reason of the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with "-
Certain Covenants -- Limitation of Guarantees by Subsidiaries");
56
<PAGE>
(vii) one or more judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in
excess of $5 million, either individually or in the aggregate, shall be entered
against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any of their respective
properties which is not fully covered by insurance, bond or surety or similar
instrument and shall not be discharged and either (a) any creditor shall have
commenced an enforcement proceeding upon such judgment, order or decree or (b)
there shall have been a period of 60 days during which a stay of enforcement of
such judgment, order or decree, by reason of an appeal or otherwise, shall not
be in effect; or
(viii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with
respect to the Company, any Guarantor, if any, or any Significant Subsidiary
shall have occurred.
If an Event of Default (other than as specified in clause (viii)) shall
occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare the
principal of all the Notes to be due and payable immediately at their principal
amount together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date the Notes become
due and payable and thereupon the Trustee may, at its discretion, proceed to
protect and enforce the rights of the holders of Notes by appropriate judicial
proceeding. If an Event of Default specified in clause (viii) above occurs and
is continuing, then the principal of all the Notes shall ipso facto become and
be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part
of the Trustee or any holder.
Notwithstanding the provisions of the next paragraph, after a declaration
of acceleration, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due
has been obtained by the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of Notes outstanding, by written notice to the Company and the
Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration if (a) the Company has paid or
deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (i) all sums paid or advanced
by the Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, (ii) all
overdue interest on all Notes, (iii) the principal of and premium, if any, on
any Notes which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of
acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes, and (iv) to
the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue
interest at the rate borne by the Notes; and (b) all Events of Default, other
than the nonpayment of principal of the Notes which have become due solely by
such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.
The holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Notes outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all the Notes waive any
past defaults under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default in the
payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, or in
respect of a covenant or provision which under the Indenture cannot be modified
or amended without the consent of the holder of each Note outstanding.
The Company is also required to notify the Trustee within five business
days of the occurrence of any Default.
The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 contains limitations on the rights of the
Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company or any Guarantor, to obtain
payment of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received by
it in respect of any such claims, as security or otherwise. The Trustee is
permitted to engage in other transactions; provided that if it acquires any
conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict upon the occurrence of an
Event of Default or else resign.
DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE OF INDENTURE
The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the
obligations of the Company discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes
("defeasance"). Such defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have
paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding
Notes, except for (i) the rights of the holders of outstanding Notes to receive
payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest of such
Notes when such payments are due, (ii) the Company's obligations with respect to
the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for
payment and money for security payments held in trust, (iii) the rights, powers,
trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and (iv) the defeasance provisions
of the Indenture. In addition, the Company may, at its option at any time, elect
to have the obligations of the Company and any Guarantor, if any, released with
respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture ("covenant
defeasance") and any omission to comply with such obligations shall not
constitute a Default
57
<PAGE>
or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event covenant
defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy and
insolvency events) described under "- Events of Defaults" will no longer
constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
In order to exercise either defeasance or covenant defeasance, (i) the
Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of
the holders of the Notes, cash in United States dollars, U.S. Government
Obligations (as defined in the Indenture), or a combination thereof, in such
amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity of such principal or
installment of principal or interest; (ii) in the case of defeasance, the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of independent counsel in
the United States stating that (A) the Company has received from, or there has
been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date
of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax
law or the judicial interpretation thereof, in either case to the effect that,
and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income
tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have
been the case if such defeasance had not occurred; (iii) in the case of covenant
defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of
independent counsel in the United States to the effect that the holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred; (iv) no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of
such deposit; (v) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a
breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under, the Indenture or any
other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor, if
any, is a party or by which it is bound; (vi) in the case of defeasance or
covenant defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion
of independent counsel to the effect that (A) the trust funds will not be
subject to any rights of holders of any Indebtedness of the Company, including,
without limitation, those arising under the Indenture (other than the rights of
the holders of the Notes to receive the principal of, and interest on, the
Notes) and (B) after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will
not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally; (vii) no
event or condition shall exist that would prevent the Company from making
payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the
date of such deposit or at any time ending on the 91st day after the date of
such deposit; (viii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
officers' certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent provided for relating to either the defeasance or the
covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and (ix)
certain other reasonable customary conditions precedent are satisfied.
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
The Indenture will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving
rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly
provided for in the Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when (i) either (a)
all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or
destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation or (b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable and the Company has
irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an
amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest to the date of such deposit; (ii) the Company has
paid all other sums payable under the Indenture by the Company; and (iii) the
Company and each of the Guarantor, if any, have delivered to the Trustee an
officers' certificate and an opinion of counsel each stating that all conditions
precedent under the Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the
Indenture have been complied with.
PROVISION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Indenture provides that, whether or not the Company is subject to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will, to the extent
permitted under the Exchange Act, file with the Commission the annual reports,
quarterly reports and other documents which the Company would have been required
to file with the Commission pursuant to such Sections 13(a) or 15(d) if the
Company were so subject, such documents to be filed with the
58
<PAGE>
Commission on or prior to the respective dates (the "Required Filing Dates") by
which the Company would have been required so to file such documents if the
Company were so subject. The Company will also in any event (x) within 15 days
of each Required Filing Date file with the Trustee copies of the annual reports,
quarterly reports and other documents which the Company would have been required
to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act if the Company were subject to such Sections, (y) promptly upon written
request supply copies of such documents to any holder of the Notes at the
Company's expense and (z) if filing such documents by the Company with the
Commission is not permitted under the Exchange Act, promptly upon written
request, supply copies of such documents to any prospective Holder at the
Company's cost.
MODIFICATIONS AND AMENDMENTS
Modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made by the Company
and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; provided, however, that no
such modification, amendment or instrument may, without the consent of the
holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby: (i) change the Stated Maturity
of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note or reduce the
principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable
upon the redemption thereof, or change the currency in which any Note or any
premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute
suit for the enforcement of any such payment after the Stated Maturity thereof;
(ii) amend, change or modify the definition of "Change of Control" or the
obligation of the Company to make and consummate an offer to purchase the Notes
upon a Change of Control on the terms described under "- Certain Covenants --
Purchase of Notes upon Change of Control"; (iii) reduce the percentage in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent of whose holders is
required for any such supplemental indenture or the consent of whose holders is
required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture
or certain Defaults thereunder and their consequences provided for in the
Indenture or with respect to any Guarantee; (iv) modify any of the provisions
relating to supplemental indentures requiring the consent of holders or relating
to the waiver of past defaults or relating to the waiver of certain covenants,
except to increase any such percentage of outstanding Notes required for such
actions or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be
modified or waived without the consent of the holder of each Note affected
thereby; or (v) except as otherwise permitted under "- Merger and Sale of
Assets, etc.," consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company or any
Guarantor of any of its rights and obligations under the Indenture.
The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
outstanding may waive compliance with certain restrictive covenants and
provisions of the Indenture.
GOVERNING LAW
The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantees, if any, will be governed by,
and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without
giving effect to the conflicts of law principles thereof.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
"Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person (i) assumed in
connection with the acquisition of assets or secured by the assets so acquired
from such Person or (ii) existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary
(other than any Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation
of, such asset acquisition of such Person becoming a Subsidiary). Acquired
Indebtedness shall be deemed to be incurred on the date of the related
acquisition of assets from any Person or the date the acquired Person becomes a
Subsidiary.
"Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i) any other
Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with such specified Person or (ii) any other Person that
beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of such specified Person's
outstanding Capital Stock or (iii) any officer or director of any such specified
Person or any such 5% stockholder of such specified Person, and shall not
include any employee or consultant of such Person who is not otherwise an
Affiliate of such Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when
used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the
management and policies of such Person directly or indirectly, whether through
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
"controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
59
<PAGE>
"Asset Sale" means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, capital lease
or other disposition (including, without limitation, by way of merger,
consolidation or sale and leaseback transaction) (collectively, a "transfer"),
directly or indirectly, in one or a series of related transactions, of any of
the following (each an "Asset"): (i) Capital Stock of any Subsidiary (other than
Directors Qualifying Shares); (ii) all or substantially all of the properties
and assets of any division or line of business of the Company and Subsidiaries
(other than to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary); or (iii) other properties or assets
of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary), other than in the ordinary course of business. For the purposes of
this definition, the term "Asset Sale" shall not include (i) any transfer of
properties and assets that is governed by the provisions described under "-
Merger, Sale of Assets, etc."; (ii) any transfer of properties or assets the
gross proceeds of which in the aggregate do not exceed $5 million in any year;
or (iii) any transfer of properties or assets to an Unrestricted Subsidiary
permitted to be made under the provisions described under "- Certain Covenants
- -- Limitations on Unrestricted Subsidiaries."
"Attributable Debt" means, with respect to a sale and leaseback
transaction, as at the time of determination, the greater of (a) the fair market
value of the property subject to such sale and leaseback transaction (as set
forth in a Board Resolution) and (b) the present value (discounted at the
interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations
of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease
included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any period for which
such lease has been extended).
"Average Life to Stated Maturity" means, as of the date of determination
with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products of (a) the number of years from the date of determination to the
date or dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such
Indebtedness multiplied by (b) the amount of each such principal payment by (ii)
the sum of all such principal payments.
"Capital Lease Obligations" means any obligations of the Company on a
Consolidated basis incurred or assumed in the ordinary course of business under
or in connection with any capital lease of real or personal property which, in
accordance with GAAP, has been recorded as a capitalized lease.
"Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests,
participations, or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person's
capital stock, whether now outstanding or issued after the date of the
Indenture.
"Change of Control" means the occurrence of one or more of the following
events: (i) a "person" or "group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and
14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Johnsen Family, is or becomes the
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of the
greater of (A) forty percent (40%) of the total voting power of the then
outstanding Voting Stock of the Company and (B) the total voting power of the
then outstanding Voting Stock of the Company beneficially owned in the aggregate
by the Johnsen Family; (ii) the individuals who, as of the date of the
Indenture, are members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Incumbent
Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds of the Board of
Directors of the Company; provided, however, that if either the election of any
new director or the nomination for election of any new director by the Company's
stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent
Board, such new director shall be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board;
(iii) (A) the Company consolidates with or merges into any other Person or
conveys, transfers or leases all or substantially all of its assets to any
Person or (B) any Person merges into the Company, in either event pursuant to a
transaction in which any Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately
prior to the effectiveness thereof is reclassified or changed into or exchanged
for cash, securities or other property (other than any such transactions where
(x) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged
for (I) Voting Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the surviving or
transferee corporation, or (II) cash, securities and/or other property in an
amount which could be paid as a Restricted Payment under the Indenture (and is
treated as such) and (y) immediately after the consummation of such transaction,
no "person" or "group" other than the Johnsen Family is or becomes the
"beneficial owner," directly or indirectly of more than 35% of the total Voting
Stock of such surviving or transferee corporation); or (iv) the Company is not
in material compliance with the citizenship requirements imposed under the
Merchant Marine Act of 1920, as amended, the Merchant Marine Act of 1936, as
amended, or any other applicable United States laws for entities engaged in
coastwise trade or eligible to receive operating differential subsidies.
"Commission" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
60
<PAGE>
"Company" means International Shipholding Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the
applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter "Company" shall mean such
successor Person.
"Consolidated Income Tax Expense" means, for any period, as applied to any
Person, the provision for federal, state, local or foreign income taxes of such
Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period as determined in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
"Consolidated Interest Expense" means, without duplication, for any
period, as applied to any Person, the sum of (a) the interest expense of such
Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period as determined in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied including, without limitation, (i)
amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost, (ii) the net cost under
interest rate contracts (including amortization of discounts), (iii) the
interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, (iv) accrued interest, (v)
noncash interest payments and (vi) commissions, discounts, and other fees and
charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance
financing, plus (b) the interest portion of Capital Lease Obligations paid,
accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries, plus (c) capitalized interest, plus (d) Preferred
Stock dividends in respect of Preferred Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary
held by Persons other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.
"Consolidated Net Income (Loss)" means, for any period, the Consolidated
net income (or loss) of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such
period as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included
in calculating such net income, by excluding (i) all extraordinary gains or
losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto); (ii) the portion of net
income (or loss) of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries allocable to
minority interests in unconsolidated Persons to the extent that cash dividends
or distributions have not actually been received by such Person or one of its
Consolidated Subsidiaries; (iii) net income (or loss) of any Person combined
with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in a "pooling of interests" basis
attributable to any period prior to the date of combination; (iv) any gain or
loss, net of taxes, realized upon the termination of any employee pension
benefit plan; (v) net gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating
thereto) in respect of dispositions of assets other than in the ordinary course
of business; and (vi) the net income of any Subsidiary to the extent that the
declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that
income is not at the end of the fiscal quarter in which such net income was
earned permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its
charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its shareholders
unless, and to the extent, such net income can be paid to the Company in the
form of advances or principal repayments on intercompany indebtedness, accounts
or other obligations.
"Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means, with respect to the Company, the
total assets shown on the balance sheet of the Company and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries, as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied, as of the Company's latest fiscal quarter for which
financial information is then required to be available, less goodwill and other
intangibles.
"Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to the Company, the
Consolidated shareholders' equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as
determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
"Consolidation" means, with respect to any Person, the consolidation of
the accounts of such Person and each of its Subsidiaries if and to the extent
the accounts of such Person and each of its Subsidiaries would normally be
consolidated with those of such Person, all in accordance with GAAP. The term
"Consolidated" shall have a similar meaning.
"Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or
both would be, an Event of Default.
"Directors Qualifying Shares" means shares of Capital Stock of a Person
held by nominees, directors or trustees pursuant to the requirements of the law
of the jurisdiction in which such Person is organized.
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
61
<PAGE>
"Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale
value that would be obtained in an arm's-length transaction between an informed
and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing
buyer.
"Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, for any period, the ratio of (a) the
sum of Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated Interest Expense and Consolidated
Income Tax Expense plus, without duplication, all depreciation, amortization and
all other non-cash charges (excluding any such non-cash charge constituting an
extraordinary item of loss or any non-cash charge which requires an accrual of
or a reserve for cash charges for any future period), in each case, for such
period, of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, all
determined in accordance with GAAP to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such
period; provided that in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest
Expense attributable to interest on any Indebtedness computed on a pro forma
basis and bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in
effect on the date of computation had been the applicable rate for the entire
period.
"Generally Accepted Accounting Principles" or "GAAP" means generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, which
are in effect on the date of the Indenture.
"Indebtedness" with respect to any Person is defined as, without
duplication, (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the
deferred purchase price of property or services, excluding any trade payables
and other accrued current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of
business, but including, without limitation, all obligations, contingent or
otherwise, of such Person in connection with any letters of credit issued under
letter of credit facilities, acceptance facilities or other similar facilities,
now or hereafter outstanding; (ii) all obligations (other than interest, premium
and additional payments, if any) of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes,
debentures or other similar instruments; (iii) all indebtedness created or
arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with
respect to property acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of
the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to
repossession or sale of such property), but excluding trade accounts payable
arising in the ordinary course of business; (iv) all Capital Lease Obligations
of such Person; (v) all Indebtedness referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or
(iv) above of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons, the payment of
which is secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an
existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien, upon or in
property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by
such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the
payment of such Indebtedness; (vi) all guarantees of Indebtedness by such
Person; (vii) all Redeemable Capital Stock valued at the greater of its
voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price, exclusive of accrued
and unpaid dividends; (viii) all obligations under interest rate swap or similar
agreements or currency hedge, exchange or similar agreements of such Person; and
(ix) any amendment, supplement, modification, deferral, renewal, extension or
refunding of any liability of the types referred to in clauses (i) through
(viii) above. For purposes hereof, the "maximum fixed repurchase price" of any
Redeemable Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be
calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Stock as if
such Redeemable Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness
shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price
is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Redeemable Capital
Stock, such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the issuer of such Redeemable Capital Stock.
"Indenture Obligations" means, the obligations of the Company and any
other obligor under the Indenture or under the Notes, including any Guarantor,
if any, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when due
and payable, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection
with the Indenture or the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to
the Trustee and the holders of the Notes under the Indenture and the Notes,
according to the terms thereof.
"Independent Director" means a director of the Company other than a
director (i) who (apart from being a director of the Company or any
Subsidiaries) is an employee, insider, associate or Affiliate of the Company or
a Subsidiary, or has held any such position during the previous five years or
(ii) who is a director, an employee, insider, associate or Affiliate of another
party to the transaction in question.
62
<PAGE>
"Investments" means, with respect to any Person, directly or indirectly,
any advance, loan or other extension of credit or capital contribution to (by
means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for
property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or
acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or
other securities or assets issued or owed by any other Person. Investments shall
exclude extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in
accordance with normal trade practices. For the purpose of making any
calculations under the Indenture (i) Investment shall include the amount of
Investment attributed to any Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is
designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary and shall exclude the amount of Investment
attributed to any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated a Subsidiary (which
exclusion shall be effective upon such designation) and (ii) any property
transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at Fair Market
Value at the time of such transfer; provided that in each case, the Fair Market
Value of an asset or property shall be as determined by the Board of Directors
of the Company in good faith.
"Johnsen Family" means (i) Niels W. Johnsen and Erik F. Johnsen, (ii) the
wives and issue of Niels W. Johnsen and Erik F. Johnsen and (iii) any Affiliate
of any of the foregoing.
"Joint Venture Entity" means any Person in which the Company (directly or
indirectly) owns at least a 50% interest and the remaining interest is owned by
Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company or of any Affiliate of the
Company.
"Lien" means any lien, mortgage, charge, pledge, security interest, or
other encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof).
"Medium or Long Term Contract" means a contract with a duration of more
than three years (without taking into account any extension options).
"Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds
thereof in the form of cash or cash equivalents including payments in respect of
deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other
assets when disposed of for, cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent that
such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any
Subsidiary) net of (i) brokerage commissions and other reasonable fees and
expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related
to such Asset Sale, (ii) provisions for all taxes payable as a result of such
Asset Sale, (iii) payments made to retire Indebtedness where the holder of such
Indebtedness has a security interest in the asset sold in the Asset Sale, (iv)
amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Company or any
Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale
and (v) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Subsidiary, as
the case may be, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated
with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case
may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other
post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental
matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with
such Asset Sale, all as reflected in an officers' certificate delivered to the
Trustee.
"Pari Passu Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company ranking pari
passu in right of payment with the Notes.
"Permitted Indebtedness" means (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries outstanding on the date of the Indenture and not repaid out of
the proceeds of the Offering; (ii) Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to the
Notes originally issued on the Issue Date; (iii) Indebtedness of the Company
under one or more Bank Credit Agreements in an aggregate principal amount at any
one time outstanding not to exceed $50,000,000; (iv) Indebtedness incurred in
relation to the provision of bonds, guarantees, letters of credit or similar
obligations required by the United States Federal Maritime Commission or other
governmental or regulatory agencies in connection with Vessels owned or business
conducted by the Company or any Subsidiary; (v) Indebtedness of the Company or
any Subsidiary to finance the replacement of a Vessel upon a total loss,
destruction, condemnation, confiscation, requisition, seizure, forfeiture or
other taking of title to or use of such Vessel (provided that such condemnation,
confiscation, requisition, seizure, forfeiture or other taking of title to or
use of such Vessel does not arise out of any misconduct or negligent omission by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) (collectively, a "Total Loss") in an
aggregate amount up to the contract price for such replacement Vessel less all
compensation, damages and other payments (including insurance proceeds other
than
63
<PAGE>
in respect of business interruption insurance) received by the Company or any
Subsidiary from any Person in connection with the Total Loss in excess of
amounts actually used to repay Indebtedness secured by the Vessel subject to the
Total Loss; (vi) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary incurred to
finance the construction or acquisition of one or more Vessels in the aggregate
principal amount outstanding at any time (including any renewals, extensions,
substitutions, refundings, refinancings or replacements thereof pursuant to
clause (viii) below) of up to $100,000,000 (in addition to any such Indebtedness
that was not incurred as Permitted Indebtedness as determined at the time of
incurrence by the Board of Directors and evidenced by a Board Resolution);
provided that (x) with respect to Indebtedness incurred to finance the
construction of any such Vessel, such Indebtedness does not exceed 80% of the
contract price for such Vessel, (y) with respect to Indebtedness incurred to
finance the acquisition of any such Vessel, such Indebtedness does not exceed
the lesser of (i) the contract price for the acquisition of such Vessel or (ii)
the fair market value of such Vessel at the time of acquisition and (z) each
such Vessel is to be initially employed (after giving effect to any intermediary
intercompany transactions) pursuant to a then existing binding Medium or
Long-Term Contract with a third party who is not an Affiliate of the Company or
a then existing binding contract with the United States Military Sealift Command
that has a term (including any extensions at the option of the United States
Military Sealift Command) of at least three years; (vii) any guarantees of
Indebtedness of the Company by a Subsidiary entered into in accordance with "-
Certain Covenants -- Limitations of Guarantees by Subsidiaries"; (viii) any
renewals, extensions, substitutions, refundings, refinancings or replacements of
an Indebtedness described in clauses (i), (ii), (v) and (vi) of this definition,
including any successive renewals, extensions, substitutions, refundings,
refinancings or replacements so long as such renewal, extension, substitution,
refunding, refinancing or replacement does not result in an increase in the
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Indebtedness represented thereby
(plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the
instrument governing the Indebtedness being so renewed, extended, substituted,
refunded, refinanced or replaced) and, in the case of the Notes or any
extension, renewal, refunding, refinancing, or replacement thereof, does not
change the Stated Maturity of any payment of principal thereof to a date earlier
than the Stated Maturity existing at the time of such extension, renewal,
refunding, refinancing or replacement; (ix) Indebtedness of the Company owing to
and held by any Subsidiary of the Company or Indebtedness of a Subsidiary owing
to and held by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company; provided,
however, that any subsequent transfer or any other event which results in any
such Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Company or any subsequent
transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Subsidiary)
would be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness
by the issuer thereof; (x) any guarantee of Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred under the Indenture; provided, that any Guarantor complies with "-
Certain Covenants -- Limitations of Guarantees by Subsidiaries" and (xi)
Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary not covered by any other clause of
this definition not to exceed an aggregate principal amount at any time
outstanding of $50,000,000 (as determined at the time of issuance by the Board
of Directors and evidenced by a Board Resolution).
"Permitted Investment" means (i) Investments in any of the Notes or any
Guarantees; (ii) Temporary Cash Investments; (iii) Investments by the Company in
or to any Subsidiary of the Company and Investments by a Subsidiary of the
Company in or to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company (or a person who
becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such Investment or who merges or
consolidates into the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company); (iv) loans or
advances not in excess of $1 million outstanding in the aggregate at any time to
employees in the ordinary course of business; (v) Investments acquired or
retained from another Person in connection with any Asset Sale or other
disposition of assets to such Person; (vi) Investments by any Subsidiary or any
Unrestricted Subsidiary in the Company; (vii) Investments in an Unrestricted
Subsidiary to the extent permitted under clauses (i)(x) and (ii) of "- Certain
Covenants -- Limitations on Unrestricted Subsidiaries" (it being understood that
any Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary made in reliance upon clause (i)(y)
thereunder shall not be deemed to be a Permitted Investment); and (viii)
Investments not to exceed 5% of the Company's Consolidated Net Tangible Assets
at the time of determination.
"Person" means any individual, corporation, limited or general
partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.
"Preferred Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of such
Person's preferred stock whether now outstanding, or issued after the date of
the Indenture, and including, without limitation, all classes and series of
preferred stock.
64
<PAGE>
"Qualified Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all Capital Stock of
such Person other than Redeemable Capital Stock.
"Redeemable Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock that, either by its
terms, by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or exchangeable
or otherwise, is, or upon the happening of an event or passage of time would be,
required to be redeemed prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes or is
redeemable at the option of the holder thereof at any time prior to such final
Stated Maturity, or is convertible into or exchangeable for debt securities at
any time prior to such final Stated Maturity.
"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
"Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary (including its subsidiaries)
of the Company which at the time of determination meets any of the following
conditions: (1) the Company's and its other Subsidiaries' investments in the
Subsidiary exceeds 10% of the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries
Consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; (2) the
Company's and its other Subsidiaries' proportionate share of the total assets
(after intercompany eliminations) of the Subsidiary exceeds 10% of the total
assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries Consolidated as of the end of the
most recently completed fiscal year; or (3) the Company's and its other
Subsidiaries' equity in the income from continuing operations before income
taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principle of the Subsidiary exceeds 10% of such income of the Company and its
Subsidiaries Consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year.
"Stated Maturity" when used with respect to any Note or any installment of
interest thereon, means the dates specified in such Note as the fixed date on
which the principal of such Note or such installment of interest is due and
payable, and when used with respect to any other Indebtedness, means the date
specified in the instrument governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date on
which the principal of such Indebtedness or any installment of interest is due
and payable.
"Subordinated Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company which is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes.
"Subsidiary," with respect to any Person, means (i) any corporation of
which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes
entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances
shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or (ii) any
other Person (other than a corporation) including a partnership in which the
Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or the Company and a Subsidiary of the
Company, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof, has at
least a majority ownership interest. For the purposes of the Indenture, an
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a Subsidiary of the Company.
"Temporary Cash Investments" means any of the following: (i) any
investment in direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency
thereof or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency
thereof, in each case, maturing within 360 days of the date of acquisition
thereof, (ii) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and
money market deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition
thereof issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of
the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country
recognized by the United States having capital, surplus and undivided profits
aggregating in excess of $300,000,000 and whose debt is rated "A" (or such
similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized
statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities
Act), (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for
underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into
with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii) above and (iv)
investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 90 days after the date
of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate or Subsidiary
of the Company) organized in existence under the laws of the United States of
America or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America with a
rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made of "P-2" (or
higher) according to Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or "A-2" (or higher)
according to Standard & Poor's Corporation.
65
<PAGE>
"Title XI Financing" means any Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any
Subsidiary which is guaranteed by the United States (or any agency thereof)
pursuant to Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act of 1936, as amended.
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (1) any subsidiary of the Company that at
the time of determination shall be an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by
the Board of Directors of the Company, as provided below) and (2) any subsidiary
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may
designate any subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly
formed subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if all of the following
conditions apply: (a) such subsidiary is not liable, directly or indirectly,
with respect to any Indebtedness other than Unrestricted Subsidiary Indebtedness
and (b) any Investment in such subsidiary (which shall be deemed to be made as a
result of designating such subsidiary an Unrestricted Subsidiary) shall not
violate the provisions of "- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Unrestricted
Subsidiaries." Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company
shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a board resolution
giving effect to such designation and an officers' certificate certifying that
such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. The Board of Directors
of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Subsidiary;
provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Company
could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness)
pursuant to the restrictions under "- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on
Indebtedness."
"Unrestricted Subsidiary Indebtedness" of any Unrestricted Subsidiary
means Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary (a) as to which neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary is directly or indirectly liable (by virtue of the
Company or any such Subsidiary being the primary obligor on, guarantor of, or
otherwise liable in any respect to, such Indebtedness), except to the extent the
Company or any Subsidiary is permitted to incur, create or assume any guarantee
of Indebtedness of any Affiliate pursuant to the provisions under "- Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments", in which case the Company shall
be deemed to have made a Restricted Payment equal to the principal amount of any
such Indebtedness to the extent guaranteed and (b) which, upon the occurrence of
a default with respect thereto, does not result in, or permit any holder of any
Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary to declare, a default on such
Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary or cause the payment thereof to be
accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity.
"Vessels" means the shipping vessels owned by and registered in the name
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or operated by the Company pursuant to
a lease or other operating agreement constituting a Capital Lease Obligation.
"Voting Stock" means stock of the class or classes pursuant to which the
holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to
elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of a
corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any other class
or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of
any contingency).
"Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary all the Capital Stock of
which (other than Directors Qualifying Shares) is owned by the Company or
another Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to (i)
file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the Commission with respect
to the Exchange Offer and (ii) within 150 calendar days after the Issue Date,
use its best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be
declared effective under the Securities Act. Upon the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement being declared effective, the Company will offer the New
Notes in exchange for surrender of the Old Notes. The Company will keep the
Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 calendar days (or longer if required by
applicable law) after the date the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is
declared effective. For each Old Note surrendered to the Company pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, the Holder of such Old Note will receive a New Note having a
principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Old Note. Interest on the New
Notes will accrue from the last Interest Payment Date on which interest was paid
on the Old Notes surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been
paid on such Old Notes, from the date of original issuance of the Old Notes.
66
<PAGE>
Under existing Commission interpretations, the New Notes would in general
be freely transferable after the Exchange Offer without further registration
under the Securities Act; provided, that broker-dealers receiving New Notes in
the Exchange Offer will have a prospectus delivery requirement with respect to
resales of such New Notes. The Commission has taken the position that
broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect
to the New Notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original
sale of the Old Notes) with the prospectus contained in this Exchange Offer
Registration Statement. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is
required to allow broker-dealers and other Persons, if any, with similar
prospectus delivery requirements to use the prospectus contained in the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement in connection with the resale of such New Notes for
a period of 180 calendar days following the consummation of the Exchange Offer.
Each Holder of Old Notes who wishes to exchange such Notes for New Notes
in the Exchange Offer will be required to represent that any New Notes to be
received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business and that
at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no intent or
arrangement with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the
meaning of the Securities Act) of the New Notes and it is not an "affiliate" as
defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of the Company, or if it is an
affiliate it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.
If the Holder is not a broker-dealer, it will be required to represent
that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of
the New Notes. If the Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for
its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, it will be required to
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such New Notes.
In the event that (i) changes in law or in currently applicable
interpretations of the staff of the Commission do not permit the Company to
effect such an Exchange Offer, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated within
30 Business Days following the 150th calendar day after the Issue Date, (iii)
any Holder of Notes notifies the Company on or by the 20th Business Day
following consummation of the Exchange Offer that (a) it is prohibited by law or
Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (b) it may not
resell the New Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without
delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales or (c)
it is a broker-dealer and owns Notes acquired directly from the Company or an
affiliate of the Company or (iv) any Holder does not otherwise receive freely
tradeable New Notes in the Exchange Offer, the Company will, at its cost, (a) as
promptly as practicable, file a shelf registration statement (the "Shelf
Registration Statement") covering resales of the Notes, (b) use its best efforts
to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the
Securities Act and (c) use its best efforts to keep continuously effective the
Shelf Registration Statement until two years after the Issue Date or such
shorter period that will terminate when all the Notes covered by such Shelf
Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto. The Company will, in the
event the Shelf Registration Statement is filed, provide to each Holder of the
Notes copies of the prospectus, which is a part of the Shelf Registration
Statement, notify each such Holder when the Shelf Registration Statement for the
Notes has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to
permit unrestricted resales of the Notes. Holders of Notes will be required to
make certain representations to the Company (as described above) in order to
participate in the Exchange Offer and will be required to deliver information to
be used in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement in order to have
their Notes included in the Shelf Registration Statement. A Holder of Notes that
sells such Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement generally would be
required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and
to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil
liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and
will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement which are
applicable to such a Holder (including certain indemnification obligations).
In the event that (i)(A) neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
nor Shelf Registration Statement is filed with the Commission on or prior to the
60th calendar day following the Issue Date, or (B) notwithstanding that the
Company has consummated or will consummate an Exchange Offer, the Company is
required to file a Shelf Registration Statement and such Shelf Registration
Statement is not filed on or prior to the date required by the Registration
Rights Agreement, (ii)(A) neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor
a Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective on or prior to the 150th
calendar day following the Issue Date, or (B) notwithstanding that the Company
has consummated or will consummate an Exchange Offer, the Company is required to
file a Shelf Registration Statement and such Shelf Registration Statement is not
declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the 90th calendar day
67
<PAGE>
following the date such Shelf Registration Statement was filed, then commencing
on the day after the 90th calendar day following the applicable filing date,
(iii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 30 Business Days of the date
when the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the
Commission, (iv) the Commission shall have issued a stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any Shelf
Registration Statement with respect to the Notes at a time when such Exchange
Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may
be, is required to be kept effective by the Company or (v) the prospectus
contained in any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf
Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented, during any time when any
Person may be required to deliver such prospectus under the Securities Act,
shall not contain current information required by the Securities Act and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or if during such time any such
Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement contains
an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, then the Company agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, as liquidated
damages and not as a penalty to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Senior Notes
(as defined below), additional amounts ("Liquidated Damages") equal to 0.25% per
annum of the outstanding principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes for
the first 90-day period beginning on such 60th calendar day or as otherwise
required by the Registration Rights Agreement in case of the foregoing clause
(i), such 150th or 90th calendar day, as the case may be, in the case of the
foregoing clause (ii), such 30th Business Day in the case of the foregoing
clause (iii), from the date of the order suspending effectiveness in the case of
clause (iv), or from the date on which such prospectus shall not contain such
current information or the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or Shelf Registration Statement contains an untrue statement of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact in the case of the foregoing
clause (v). Liquidated Damages shall be increased by an additional 0.25% per
annum of the outstanding principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes for
each subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum aggregate rate of Liquidated
Damages of 1.0% per annum of the outstanding principal amount of the Transfer
Restricted Notes. In each case, such Liquidated Damages will be payable in cash
semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date. Upon (1) the filing of
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement in
the case of the foregoing clause (i), (2) the effectiveness of the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement in the case of
the foregoing clause (ii), (3) the consummation of the Exchange Offer with
respect to the Notes in the case of the foregoing clause (iii), (4) the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement with respect to the
Notes, as the case may be, not being subject to an order suspending the
effectiveness thereof in the case of the foregoing clause (iv), or (5) the
prospectus contained in any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf
Registration Statement containing the current information required by the
Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement not
containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a
material fact, as the case may be, in the case of the foregoing clause (v),
Liquidated Damages will cease to accrue. "Transfer Restricted Notes" means each
outstanding Note until (i) the date on which such Note has been exchanged for a
freely transferable New Note in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the date on which such
Note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in
accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iii) the date on which such
Note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act
or is salable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act. The Company will
not be required to pay liquidated damages to the holder of Transfer Restricted
Notes if such holder failed to comply with its obligation to make certain
representations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement or failed to
provide the information required by it, if any, under the Registration Rights
Agreement.
The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to all the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement, a copy of which is available upon request to the Trustee. The
information set forth above concerning certain interpretations of and positions
taken by the Commission is not intended to constitute legal advice, and
prospective investors should consult their own legal advisors with respect to
such matters.
68
<PAGE>
BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
Except as described in the next paragraph, Notes originally purchased by
(i) "qualified institutional buyers" (as defined in Rule 144A under the
Securities Act) ("QIBs") will be represented by a single permanent global
certificate in definitive, fully registered form (the "QIB Global Certificate"),
and (ii) foreign purchasers will be represented by a single global certificate
in definitive, fully registered form (the "Regulation S Global Certificate" and,
together with the QIB Global Certificate, the "Global Certificates"). Each
Global Certificate will be deposited on the Issue Date with, or on behalf of,
The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered in the name of a nominee of
DTC. The Global Certificates will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer
set forth herein and will bear a legend regarding such restrictions. Until the
expiration of the "40-day restricted period within the meaning of Regulation S,"
transfers of interests in the Regulation S Global Certificate will not be
permitted to be made to a U.S. person or for the account or benefit of a U.S.
person within the meaning of Regulation S.
QIBs, at any time, and purchasers of an interest in the Regulation S
Global Certificate at any time after the expiration of the 40-day restricted
period, may elect to take physical delivery of Notes issued in certificated form
("Certificated Securities") instead of holding their interest through a Global
Certificate. In addition, following the initial distribution of the Notes by the
Initial Purchasers, holders of interests in the QIB Global Certificate may
transfer such interests to, among other permitted investors, institutional
accredited investors. Such institutional accredited investors who do not qualify
as QIBs entitled to hold an interest in the QIB Global Certificate or as foreign
purchasers entitled to hold an interest in the Regulation S Global Certificate
must take physical delivery of Certificated Securities. All Certificated
Securities will bear appropriate legends and be subject to restrictions on
transfers as set forth herein. Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in
the QIB Global Certificate to such institutional accredited investors will be
made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification to the effect that the
transferee is an institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning of
subparagraph (a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act, and
that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution
in violation of the Securities Act.
Upon the transfer of an Certificated Security to a QIB or a foreign
purchaser, such Certificated Security, unless the transferee requests
Certificated Securities or the Global Certificates have previously been
exchanged in whole for Certificated Securities, will be exchanged for an
interest in the QIB Global Certificate or the Regulation S Global Certificate,
as the case may be. Upon the transfer of an interest in a Global Certificate,
such interest will, unless the transferee requests Certificated Securities or
must receive Certificated Securities as set forth above, be represented by an
interest in the applicable Global Certificate.
The Company expects that pursuant to procedures established by DTC (i)
upon deposit of the Global Certificates, DTC or its custodian will credit, on
its internal system, portions of the Global Certificates in the respective
accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary and (ii) ownership of
the Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be
effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to
interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to
interests of persons other than participants). Such accounts initially will be
designated by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers and ownership of beneficial
interests in the Global Certificates will be limited to persons who have
accounts with DTC ("participants") or persons who hold interests through
participants. Holders may hold their interests in the Global Certificates
directly through DTC if they are participants in such system, or indirectly
through organizations which are participants in the system.
Investors may hold their interests in a Regulation S Global Security
directly through Euroclear System ("Euroclear") or Cedel Bank, societe anonyme
("Cedel"), if they are participants in such systems, or indirectly through
organizations which are participants in such systems. Beginning 40 days after
the later of the commencement of the Offering and the Issue Date (but not
earlier), investors may also hold such interests through organizations other
than Cedel or Euroclear that are participants in the DTC system. Cedel and
Euroclear will hold such interests in a Regulation S Global Security on behalf
of their participants through customers' securities accounts in their respective
names on the books of their respective depositories, which in turn will hold
such interest in a Regulation S Global Security in customers' securities
accounts in the depositories' names on the books of DTC.
So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of the
Global Certificates, DTC or such nominee will be considered the sole owner or
holder of the Notes represented by the Global Certificates for all purposes
69
<PAGE>
under the Indenture and for any other purposes with respect to the Notes. No
beneficial Certificate owner of an interest in the Global Certificates will be
able to transfer such interest except in accordance with the DTC's applicable
procedures, in addition to those provided for under the Indenture with respect
to the Notes.
Payments of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest on, the Global
Certificates will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the
registered owner thereof. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any
responsibility for liability for any aspect of the records relating to or
payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global
Certificates or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating
to such beneficial interest.
The Company expects that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment
of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest on, the Global Certificates,
will credit participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to
their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of such Global
Certificates, as the case may be, as shown on the records of DTC or its
nominees. The Company also expects that payments by participants to owners of
beneficial interests in such Global Certificates held through such participants
will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice, as is now the
case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names
of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such
participants.
Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way
in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds. If a holder
requires physical delivery of a Certificated Security for any reason, including
to sell Notes to persons in states which require physical delivery of such
securities or to pledge such securities, such holder must transfer its interest
in the Global Certificates in accordance with the normal procedures of DTC and
including, with respect to the Notes, with the procedures set forth in the
Indenture.
Before the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the Offering
and the Issue Date, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Global Certificate to a transferee who takes delivery of such
interest through the QIB Global Certificate will be made only in accordance with
the applicable procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written
certification from the transferor in the form provided in the Indenture to the
effect that such transfer is being made to a person whom the transferor
reasonably believes in a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction
meeting the requirements of Rule 144A.
Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Certificate to
a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Regulation S Global
Certificate, whether before, on or after the 40th day after the later of the
commencement of the Offering and the Issue Date, will be made only upon receipt
by the Trustee and the Company of a certification to the effect that such
transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S.
Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Certificates that is
transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the
other Global Certificate will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such
Global Certificate and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer
restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in
such other Global Certificate with respect to the applicable notes for as long
as it remains such an interest.
DTC has advised the Company that DTC will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of Notes (including the presentation of Notes for exchange as
described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose
accounts the DTC interests in the Global Certificates is credited and only in
respect of the aggregate principal amount of Notes, as the case may be, as to
which such participant or participants has or have given such direction.
However, if there is an Event of Default under the Indenture, DTC will exchange
the Global Certificates for Certificated Securities, which it will distribute to
its participants and which, if applicable, will be legended.
DTC has advised the Company as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust
company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the
Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the
Uniform Commercial Code and a "Clearing Agency" registered pursuant to the
provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold
securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of
securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry
changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for
physical movement of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and
dealers, banks,
70
<PAGE>
trust companies and clearing corporations and certain other organizations.
Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers,
dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly.
Although DTC, Euroclear and Cedel are expected to follow the foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global
Certificates among participants of DTC, Euroclear and Cedel, they are under no
obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued
at any time. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility
for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Cedel or their respective direct or
indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and
procedures governing their operations.
Interests in the Global Certificates will be exchanged for Certificated
Securities if (i) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to
continue as depositary for the Global Certificates, or DTC ceases to be a
"Clearing Agency" registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor depositary
is not appointed by the Company within 40 days, or (ii) an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any
of the events described in the preceding sentence, the Company will cause the
appropriate Certificated Securities to be delivered.
71
<PAGE>
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. This Prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in
connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where
such Old Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after
the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In
addition, until , 1998 (90 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers
effecting transactions in the New Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sales of New Notes by
broker-dealers. New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through
the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination of such methods of
resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to
such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made
directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such New Notes. Any broker-dealer that
resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of
such New Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of New Notes and any
commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal
states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will
promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents
in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses
incident to the Exchange Offer other than commissions or concessions of any
brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the Old Notes (including
any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the New Notes offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrere & Denegre, L.L.P., New
Orleans, Louisiana ("Jones, Walker"). 89,788 shares of the Company's outstanding
Common Stock are beneficially owned by a partner of Jones, Walker who is a son
of the President of the Company, and 90,633 shares are beneficially owned by a
partner of the firm who is the Secretary of the Company and serves as Secretary
and a director of certain of the Company's subsidiaries.
EXPERTS
The consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 1995 and
1996 and the related statements of income, changes in stockholders' investment
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996
incorporated by reference in this Prospectus have been audited by Arthur
Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as stated in their report with
respect thereto and have been incorporated by reference herein in reliance upon
the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
72
<PAGE>
GLOSSARY
AGGREGATE VESSEL CAPACITY: The aggregate gross tonnage carrying capacity
of the Company's fleet, excluding its LASH barges and its towboats.
BAREBOAT CHARTER: A "net lease" in which the charterer takes full
operational control over the vessel for a specified period of time (usually
medium- to long-term) for a specified daily rate that is generally paid monthly
to the vessel owner. The bareboat charterer is solely responsible for the
operation and management of the vessel and must provide its own crew and pay all
operating and voyage expenses.
BREAKBULK VESSEL: An ocean-going vessel that transports general cargo in
its hold without first loading such cargo in separate containers. Loading and
unloading of a breakbulk vessel requires shoreside assistance.
BULK CARGO: Cargo stowed unpackaged in a vessel's hold, not enclosed in
any container such as a box, bale, bag or cask and not subject to mark or count.
CONTAINER SHIPS: Vessels that are designed to transport multi-purpose
standard sized cargo containers that can also be transported by trucks or rail
cars.
CONTRACT OF AFFREIGHTMENT: A contract by which the vessel owner undertakes
to provide space on a vessel for the carriage of specified goods or a specified
quantity of goods on a single voyage or series of voyages over a given period of
time between named ports (or within certain geographical areas) in return for
the payment of an agreed amount per unit of cargo carried. Generally, the vessel
owner is responsible for all operating and voyage expenses.
DRYDOCK: A large, submersible dock in the form of a basin from which the
water can be emptied, into which a ship is taken for cleaning and repair of
underwater surfaces.
DWT: Deadweight tons; the aggregate weight of the cargo, fuel and ballast
that a vessel may legally carry.
FLASH VESSEL: A non-self propelled LASH vessel used to move LASH barges
between a large LASH vessel and locations other than the main loading and
unloading ports.
FLO-FLO SPVS: Float-On/Float-Off special purpose vessels.
GROSS VOYAGE PROFIT: Total revenues less voyage expenses and vessel and
barge depreciation.
LASH VESSEL: An ocean-going vessel that can pick up and drop off barges
(or lighters) with its own gantry crane and without assistance from shoreside
facilities.
LINER SERVICE: Operation of a vessel on an established trade route with
regularly scheduled sailing dates. The vessel owner receives revenue for the
carriage of cargo within the established trading area and pays the operating and
voyage expenses incurred.
LONG-TERM CONTRACT: A contract with a duration of more than five years.
MARAD: U.S. Maritime Administration, an agency of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
MEDIUM-TERM CONTRACT: A contract with a duration of three to five years.
MSC: Military Sealift Command, a branch of the U.S. Department of Defense
that awards contracts for the transportation of military supplies.
MULTI-PURPOSE VESSEL: A vessel capable of transporting both containerized
and bulk cargo.
G-1
<PAGE>
PROBO VESSEL: An ocean-going vessel with holds or tanks that are rapidly
self-cleaning so as to permit the transportation of bulk and liquid products on
back-to-back voyages.
ROLL-ON/ROLL-OFF VESSEL (OR RO/ROS): An ocean-going vessel designed to
load and unload vehicles by driving them on and off the vessel. Generally a
roll-on/roll-off vessel can also carry containers.
SHORT-TERM CONTRACT: A contract with a duration of less than three years.
SPVS: Special purpose vessels.
TIME CHARTER: A contract in which the charterer obtains the right for a
specified period to direct the movements and utilization of the vessel in
exchange for payment of a specified daily rate, generally paid semi-monthly, but
the vessel owner retains operational control over the vessel. Typically, the
owner fully equips the vessel and is responsible for normal operating expenses,
repairs, wages and insurance, while the charterer is responsible for voyage
expenses, such as fuel, port and stevedoring expenses.
TITLE XI GUARANTEED LOAN: A loan for the purchase or construction of
marine equipment, the repayment of which is guaranteed by the United States
government in return for a small fee. Such guarantee is secured by vessel
mortgages in favor of the government. Because of the government guarantee, such
loans are issued at lower interest rates than would otherwise be available.
G-2
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED
IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH OTHER INFORMATION AND
REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY
OR ANY OTHER PERSON. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN IS CORRECT AS
OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE
SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
BUY SUCH SECURITIES IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS
UNLAWFUL.
--------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
----
Available Information ............................................... i
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
Reference ......................................................... i
Summary ............................................................. 1
Risk Factors ........................................................ 8
Use of Proceeds ..................................................... 13
Capitalization ...................................................... 13
Selected Consolidated Financial Data ................................ 14
Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations ............................................ 16
The Exchange Offer .................................................. 22
Business ............................................................ 29
Management .......................................................... 44
Principal Stockholders .............................................. 46
Description of Certain Indebtedness ................................. 48
Description of New Credit Facility .................................. 48
Description of the New Notes ........................................ 49
Book-Entry; Delivery and Form ....................................... 69
Plan of Distribution ................................................ 72
Legal Matters ....................................................... 72
Experts ............................................................. 72
Glossary ............................................................ G-1
UNTIL __________, 1998 (90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN
ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTIVITY AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G-3
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the corporation or serves or served in these capacities for another enterprise,
if serving at the request of the corporation. Depending on the character of the
proceeding, a corporation may indemnify against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person
indemnified acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct
was unlawful. In the case of an action by or in the right of the corporation, no
indemnification may be made in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which
such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and
only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action
or suit was brought shall determine that despite the adjudication of liability
such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses
which the court shall deem proper. Section 145 further provides that to the
extent a director or officer of a corporation has been successful in the defense
of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above or in the defense of any
claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection therewith.
Article VI of the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides
that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide indemnification
to the full extent permitted by Delaware law.
In addition, Article II, Section 7 of the Company's By-laws provides as
follows:
(a) RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. Each person who was or is made a party or is
threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
("proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he, or a person for whom he is the
legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the company or any of
its subsidiaries (including nominees and designees who have not yet taken
office) or is or was serving at the request of the Company (including any person
who has not been duly elected or appointed) as a director, officer, employee or
agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (the
"Indemnitee"), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an
official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other
capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by
the Delaware General Corporation Law ("GCL"), as presently existing or as it may
hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent
that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification
rights than the GCL permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment),
against any and all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, amounts paid in connection
with any arbitration or investigation and amounts paid or to be paid in
settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection
therewith. Indemnitee's rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall
include the right to be paid by the Company for expenses incurred in defending
any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
the payment of such expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in advance of the final
disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Company
of an undertaking in a form satisfactory to counsel for the Company, by or on
behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be
ultimately determined that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified
under this provision or otherwise. For purposes of this provision on the term
Company shall include any resulting or constituent entities.
(b) NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred herein on any person
shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or
hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of
Incorporation, by-law, contract or other agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise.
(c) INSURANCE. The Company may maintain at its expense, to protect itself
and any such director (including nominees and designees who have not yet taken
office), officer, employee or agent of the Company or another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including service with
respect to employee benefit plans)
II-1
<PAGE>
against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have
the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under
the GCL.
The Purchase Agreement provides that the Initial Purchasers will,
severally, indemnify the directors, officers, employees and agents of the
Company against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities
Act of 1933, insofar as such liabilities arise out of or are based on written
information furnished to the Company by the Initial Purchasers.
Under an insurance policy maintained by the Company, the directors and
officers of the Company are insured, within the limits and subject to the
limitations of the policy, against certain expenses in connection with the
defense of certain claims, actions, suits or proceedings, and certain
liabilities which might be imposed as a result thereof, which may be brought
against them by reason of their being or having been directors and officers.
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
The following is a list of all exhibits filed as part of this Registration
Statement.
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
------ -----------------------
5.1 Opinion of Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrere & Denegre,
L.L.P. as to the legality of the Notes.
10.1 $25,000,000 Credit Agreement dated as of January 22, 1998 by and
among International Shipholder, as Borrower, Certain Lenders, as
signatories thereto, Citicorp Securities, Inc., as Arranger, and
Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
12.1 Statement regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
Charges.
23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
23.2 Consent of Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrere & Denegre,
L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5).
24.1 Power of Attorney (included in Signature Page to the Registration
Statement).
25.1 Statement of Eligibility of The Bank of New York.
99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
The Registrant hereby undertakes the following:
(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, each filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Exchange Act that is incorporated by reference in this Registration
Statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions described under
Item 20 or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In
the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer, or controlling person of such registrant in the successful defense of
any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the
registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent,
II-2
<PAGE>
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests
for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant
to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated document by first class mail or other
equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed
subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date
of responding to the request.
(d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.
II-3
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has
duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New Orleans, State of
Louisiana, on February 11, 1998.
INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING CORPORATION
By: /s/ ERIK F. JOHNSEN
Erik F. Johnsen
President
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
immediately below constitutes and appoints Erik F. Johnsen and Gary L. Ferguson,
or either one of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full
power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this Registration Statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto,
and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary
to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent
or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
--------- ----- ----
/s/ NIELS W. JOHNSEN Chairman of the Board February 11, 1998
Niels W. Johnsen
/s/ ERIK F. JOHNSEN President and Director February 11, 1998
Erik F. Johnsen
/s/ NIELS M. JOHNSEN Executive Vice President and February 11, 1998
Niels M. Johnsen Director
/s/ ERIK L. JOHNSEN Executive Vice President and February 11, 1998
Erik L. Johnsen Director
/s/ HAROLD S. GREHAN, JR. Vice President and Director February 11, 1998
Harold S. Grehan, Jr.
/s/ GARY L. FERGUSON Vice President and Chief February 11, 1998
Gary L. Ferguson Financial Officer
/s/ LAURANCE EUSTIS Director February 11, 1998
Laurance Eustis
/s/ RAYMOND V. O'BRIEN Director February 11, 1998
Raymond V. O'Brien
/s/ EDWIN LUPBERGER Director February 11, 1998
Edwin Lupberger
/s/ EDWARD K. TROWBRIDGE
Edward K. Trowbridge Director February 11, 1998
[Jones, Walker Letterhead]
February 12, 1998
International Shipholding Corporation
650 Poydras Street
New Orleans, Louisiana 70130
Re: International Shipholding Corporation
Registration Statement on Form S-4
$110,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
7 3/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2007
Gentlemen:
We have acted as your counsel in connection with the preparation of the
registration statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration Statement") filed by
International Shipholding Corporation (the "Company") with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, on the date hereof with respect to the Company's offer to exchange (the
"Exchange Offer") up to $110 million aggregate principal amount of the Company's
7 3/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2007 (the "New Notes") for a like principal
amount of the Company's 7 3/4% Series A Senior Notes due 2007 (the "Old Notes").
The New Notes will be offered under an Indenture dated as of January 22, 1998,
between the Company and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "Indenture").
In so acting, we have examined originals, or photostatic or certified
copies, of the Indenture, the form of the New Notes and such records of the
Company, certificates of officers of the Company and of public officials, and
such other documents as we have deemed relevant. In such examination, we have
assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents
submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all
documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies and the
authenticity of the originals of such documents.
Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications stated
herein, we are of the opinion that:
When the New Notes issuable upon consummation of the Exchange
Offer have been (i) duly executed by the Company and authenticated by
the trustee therefor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and
(ii) duly delivered against the receipt of Old Notes surrendered in
exchange therefor, the New Notes will constitute the legal, valid and
binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in
accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium
<PAGE>
International Shipholding Corporation
Page 2
or similar laws and court decisions relating to or affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally and except as enforcement
thereof is subject to general principles of equity (regardless of
whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
The foregoing opinion is limited in all respects to the laws of the
State of New York and federal laws.
We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to us in the prospectus included
therein under the caption "Legal Matters." In giving this consent, we do not
admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under
Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the general rules and
regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
Very truly yours,
JONES, WALKER, WAECHTER, POITEVENT,
CARRERE & DENEGRE, L.L.P.
By: /s/ L. RICHARDS MCMILLAN, II
L. Richards McMillan, II,
Partner
EXHIBIT 10.1
EXECUTION
COUNTERPART
CREDIT AGREEMENT
$25,000,000
dated as of January 22, 1998
among
INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING CORPORATION
as Borrower
CERTAIN LENDERS
CITICORP SECURITIES, INC.
as Arranger
CITIBANK, N.A.
as Administrative Agent
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
This Table of Contents is not part of the Agreement to which it is
attached but is inserted for convenience of reference only.
PAGE
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
Section 1.01. CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS................................. 1
Section 1.02. COMPUTATION OF TIME PERIODS........................... 15
Section 1.03. ACCOUNTING TERMS...................................... 15
ARTICLE II
AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES
Section 2.01. THE ADVANCES.......................................... 15
Section 2.02. MAKING THE ADVANCES................................... 16
Section 2.03. REPAYMENT............................................. 17
Section 2.04. TERMINATION OR REDUCTION OF THE COMMITMENTS........... 17
Section 2.05. PREPAYMENTS, ETC...................................... 18
Section 2.06. INTEREST.............................................. 18
Section 2.07. FEES.................................................. 19
Section 2.08. CONVERSION AND CONTINUATION OF ADVANCES............... 19
Section 2.09. INCREASED COSTS, ILLEGALITY, ETC...................... 20
Section 2.10. PAYMENTS AND COMPUTATIONS............................. 22
Section 2.11. TAXES................................................. 23
Section 2.12. SHARING OF PAYMENTS, ETC.............................. 26
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS OF LENDING
Section 3.01. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL BORROWING............. 26
Section 3.02. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH BORROWING................ 27
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 4.01. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BORROWER........ 28
ARTICLE V
(1)
<PAGE>
PAGE
COVENANTS
Section 5.01. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS................................. 31
Section 5.02. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.................................... 32
Section 5.03. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS................................ 34
Section 5.04. FINANCIAL COVENANTS................................... 35
ARTICLE VI
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Section 6.01. EVENTS OF DEFAULT..................................... 36
ARTICLE VII
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
Section 7.01. AUTHORIZATION AND ACTION.............................. 38
Section 7.02. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S RELIANCE, ETC.................. 38
Section 7.03. CITIBANK AND AFFILIATES............................... 39
Section 7.04. LENDER CREDIT DECISION................................ 39
Section 7.05. INDEMNIFICATION....................................... 39
Section 7.06. SUCCESSOR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT........................ 40
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 8.01. AMENDMENTS, CONSENTS, ETC............................. 40
Section 8.02. NOTICES, ETC.......................................... 41
Section 8.03. NO WAIVER; REMEDIES................................... 42
Section 8.04. COSTS, EXPENSES AND INDEMNIFICATION................... 42
Section 8.05. GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION............. 43
Section 8.06. ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS........................ 44
Section 8.07. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS............................. 47
Section 8.08. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.................................. 47
Section 8.09. SURVIVAL.............................................. 47
Section 8.10. CAPTIONS.............................................. 47
Section 8.11. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS................................ 47
(2)
<PAGE>
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE 4.01(b) Subsidiaries
SCHEDULE 4.01(g) Litigation
SCHEDULE 4.01(m) Existing Debt
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A Form of Note
EXHIBIT B Form of Notice of Borrowing
EXHIBIT C Form of Assignment and Acceptance
EXHIBIT D Form of Compliance Certificate
(3)
<PAGE>
CREDIT AGREEMENT
CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of January 22, 1998 among INTERNATIONAL
SHIPHOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "BORROWER"); each of the
lenders (the "INITIAL LENDERS") listed on the signature pages hereof and each
other Person that shall become a party hereto as a Lender pursuant to Section
8.06 (collectively with the Initial Lenders, the "LENDERS"); and CITIBANK, N.A.,
as administrative agent (together with its successors in such capacity, the
"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT").
The Borrower has requested that the Lenders extend credit to the
Borrower in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not
exceeding $25,000,000 for the general corporate purposes of the Borrower
(including without limitation the financing of certain acquisitions).
Accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
Section 1.01. CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS. As used in this Agreement, the
following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally
applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):
"ACQUISITION" means any transaction, or any series of related
transactions, consummated after the date of this Agreement, by which the
Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries (i) acquires any going business or
all or substantially all of the assets of any firm, corporation or
division thereof, whether through the purchase of assets, merger or
otherwise, (ii) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as
the most recent transaction in a series of transactions) control of at
least a majority of Voting Shares of another Person or (iii) directly or
indirectly acquires control of a 50% or more ownership interest in any
partnership, joint venture or other entity, or of any general partnership
(or equivalent) interest in any such entity.
"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT" has the meaning specified in the recital of
parties to this Agreement.
"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S ACCOUNT" means the account of the
Administrative Agent maintained by the Administrative Agent at Citibank,
Account No. 36852248, Attention: Savas Divan, or such other account
maintained by the Administrative Agent as may be designated by the
Administrative Agent in a written notice to the Lenders and the Borrower.
"ADVANCES" means, collectively, the Advances provided for in Section
2.01.
"AFFILIATE" means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly
or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with
such Person or is a director or officer of such Person. For purposes of
this definition, the term "CONTROL" (including the terms "CONTROLLING",
"CONTROLLED BY" and "UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH") of a Person means the
possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through
the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise.
"APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICE" means, with respect to each Lender, such
Lender's Domestic Lending Office in the case of a Base Rate Advance and
such Lender's Eurodollar Lending Office in the case of a Eurodollar Rate
Advance.
"APPLICABLE MARGIN" means 1.00% per annum.
"ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE" means an assignment and acceptance
entered into by a Lender and an Assignee, accepted by the Administrative
Agent, in accordance with Section 8.06, in substantially the form of
Exhibit C.
"BASE RATE" means a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect
from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the
higher of:
(a) the rate of interest announced publicly by Citibank in New
York, New York, from time to time, as Citibank's "base rate"; and
(b) 1/2 of 1% per annum above the Federal Funds Rate.
Each change in any interest rate provided for herein based upon the Base
Rate resulting from a change in the Base Rate shall take effect at the
time of such change in the Base Rate.
"BASE RATE ADVANCE" means an Advance that bears interest as provided
in Section 2.06(a)(i).
"BONDS" means the 7-3/4% Senior Notes due 2007 to be issued pursuant
to the Indenture.
"BORROWER" has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this
Agreement.
"BORROWER'S ACCOUNT" means the account of the Borrower maintained
with Citibank at its office at 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10043,
Account No. 40658958, or such other account maintained by the Borrower
with Citibank as may be designated by the Borrower in a written notice to
the Administrative Agent.
"BORROWING" means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Advances of
the same Type made by the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.
"BUSINESS DAY" means a day on which banks are not required or
authorized to close in New York City and, if such Business Day relates to
a Eurodollar Rate Advance, on which dealings are carried on in the London
interbank market.
"CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS" means, for any Person, all obligations
of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other
agreement conveying the right to use) property to the extent such
obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital
lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and, for purposes of
this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized
amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.
"CERCLA" means the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.
"CHANGE IN CONTROL" means the occurrence of one or more of the
following events:
(a) a "person" or "group" (within the meaning of Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended),
other than the Johnsen Family, is or becomes the "beneficial owner"
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended) of the greater of (1) forty percent (40%) of the total
voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock of the Borrower
and (2) the total voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock
of the Borrower beneficially owned in the aggregate by the Johnsen
Family;
(b) the individuals who, as of the date of this Agreement, are
members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower (the "INCUMBENT
BOARD") cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds of
the Board of Directors of the Borrower; PROVIDED, however, that if
either the election of any new director or the nomination for
election of any new director by the Borrower's stockholders was
approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board,
such new director shall be considered as a member of the Incumbent
Board;
(c) (1) the Borrower consolidates with or merges into any
other Person or conveys, transfers or leases all or substantially
all of its assets to any Person or (2) any Person merges into the
Borrower, in either event pursuant to a transaction in which any
Voting Stock of the Borrower outstanding immediately prior to the
effectiveness thereof is reclassified or changed into or exchanged
for cash, securities or other property (other than any such
transactions where (x) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Borrower
is converted into or exchanged for (I) Voting Stock (other than
Redeemable Capital Stock) of the surviving or transferee
corporation, or (II) cash, securities and/or other property in an
amount which could be paid as a restricted payment under the
Indenture (and is treated as such) and (y) immediately after the
consummation of such transaction, no "person" or "group" other than
the Johnsen Family is or becomes the "beneficial owner," directly or
indirectly of more than 35% of the total Voting Stock of such
surviving or transferee corporation); or
(d) the Borrower is not in material compliance with the
citizenship requirements imposed under the Merchant Marine Act of
1920, as amended, the Merchant Marine Act of 1936, as amended, or
any other applicable United States laws for entities engaged in
coastwise trade or eligible to receive operating differential
subsidies.
For purposes of this definition, the following terms have the following
respective meanings: (i) "CAPITAL STOCK" of any Person means any and all
shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however
designated) of such Person's capital stock, whether now outstanding or
issued after the date of this Agreement; (ii) "JOHNSEN FAMILY" means (A)
Niels W. Johnsen and Erik F. Johnsen, (B) the wives and issue of Niels W.
Johnsen and Erik F. Johnsen and (C) any Affiliate of any of the foregoing;
and (iii) "REDEEMABLE CAPITAL STOCK" means any Capital Stock that, either
by its terms, by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or
exchangeable or otherwise, is, or upon the happening of an event or
passage of time would be, required to be redeemed prior to the final
Stated Maturity (as defined in the Indenture as in effect on the date
hereof) of the Bonds or is redeemable at the option of the Holder (as
defined in the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof) thereof at any
time prior to such final Stated Maturity (as defined in the Indenture as
in effect on the date hereof), or is convertible into or exchangeable for
debt securities at any time prior to such final Stated Maturity (as
defined in the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof).
"CITIBANK" means Citibank, N.A., a national banking association.
"CLOSING DATE" means the date on which the Administrative Agent
confirms to the Borrower that the conditions precedent set forth in
Section 3.01 are satisfied. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify
the Borrower of the occurrence of the Closing Date.
"COMMITMENT" means, as to any Initial Lender, the amount set forth
opposite its name on the signature pages hereof or, as to any Lender that
has entered into an Assignment and Acceptance, the amount set forth for
such Lender in the Register, in each case as the same may be reduced
pursuant to Section 2.05 or increased or reduced pursuant to assignments
effected in accordance with Section 8.06. The original aggregate amount of
the Commitments is $25,000,000.
"COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" means the earlier of (i) the earlier
of (a) March 31, 2000 or (b) the second anniversary of the Closing Date
(or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding
Business Day) and (ii) the date of termination or cancellation of the
Commitments pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
"CONSOLIDATED" refers to the consolidation of accounts in accordance
with GAAP.
"CONTINUATION", "CONTINUE" and "CONTINUED" each refers to a
continuation of Eurodollar Rate Advances from one Interest Period to the
next Interest Period pursuant to Section 2.08.
"CONVERSION", "CONVERT" and "CONVERTED" each refers to a conversion
of Advances of one Type into Advances of the other Type pursuant to
Section 2.08 or 2.09.
"DEBT" means, with respect to any Person (determined without
duplication): (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (b)
all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of Property
or services (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of
such Person's business but only if and for so long as the same remain
payable on customary trade terms and accrued expenses incurred in the
ordinary course of business); (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced
by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments; (d) all
obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional sale
or other title retention agreement with respect to Property acquired by
such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or the
lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to
repossession or sale of such Property); (e) all Capital Lease Obligations
of such Person; (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such
Person in respect of acceptances, letters of credit or similar extensions
of credit (excluding trade payables to the extent excluded from clause (b)
above); (g) all obligations of such Person to redeem, retire, defease or
otherwise make any payment in respect of shares of capital stock of such
Person; (h) all Debt of other Persons referred to in clauses (a) through
(g) above or clause (i) below Guaranteed by such Person; and (i) all Debt
referred to in clause (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the
holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be
secured by) any Lien on Property or revenues of such Person even though
such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt.
"DEFAULT" means any Event of Default and any event that would
constitute an Event of Default but for the requirement that notice be
given or time elapse or both.
"DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICE" means, with respect to any Lender, the
office of such Lender specified as its "Domestic Lending Office" below its
name on the signature pages hereof or in the Assignment and Acceptance
pursuant to which it became a Lender, or such other office of such Lender
as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent.
"EBITDA" means, for any period, for the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, the sum of (a) net income (or net
loss) PLUS (b) Interest Expense PLUS (c) income tax expense PLUS (d)
depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges deducted in arriving
at such net income (or loss), determined in accordance with GAAP.
"ELIGIBLE ASSIGNEE" means (a) a Lender; (b) a commercial bank
organized under the laws of the United States, or any State thereof, and
having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000; (c) a savings bank
organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof, and
having a net worth in excess of $100,000,000; (d) a commercial bank
organized under the laws of any other country that is a member of the OECD
or that has concluded special lending arrangements with the International
Monetary Fund associated with its General Arrangements to Borrow, or a
political subdivision of any such country, and having total assets in
excess of $1,000,000,000; (e) the central bank of any country that is a
member of the OECD; (f) a finance company, insurance company or other
financial institution or fund (whether a corporation, partnership, trust
or other entity) that is engaged in making, purchasing or otherwise
investing in commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business, and
having total assets in excess of $100,000,000; and (g) any other Person
(other than the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower) approved by the
Administrative Agent and the Borrower, such approval of the Borrower not
to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
"ENVIRONMENTAL LAW" means any Federal, state, local or foreign
governmental law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction or
decree relating to pollution or protection of the environment or the
treatment, storage, disposal, release, threatened release or handling of
Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, CERCLA, the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Hazardous Materials
Transportation Act, the Clean Water Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act,
the Clean Air Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Atomic Energy Act, the
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act and the Occupational
Safety and Health Act, in each case as amended from time to time.
"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings
issued thereunder.
"ERISA AFFILIATE" of any Person means any other Person that for
purposes of Title IV of ERISA is a member of such Person's controlled
group, or under common control with such Person, within the meaning of
Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) of the Internal Revenue Code.
"EUROCURRENCY LIABILITIES" has the meaning specified in
Regulation D.
"EURODOLLAR LENDING OFFICE" means, with respect to any Lender, the
office of such Lender specified as its "Eurodollar Lending Office" below
its name on the signature pages hereof or in the Assignment and Acceptance
pursuant to which it became a Lender (or, if no such office is specified,
its Domestic Lending Office), or such other office of such Lender as such
Lender may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent.
"EURODOLLAR RATE" means, for any Interest Period for each Eurodollar
Rate Advance comprising part of the same Borrowing, an interest rate per
annum equal to the rate per annum equal to the average (rounded upward to
the nearest whole multiple of 1/16 of 1% per annum, if such average is not
such a multiple) of the rates per annum at which deposits in U.S. Dollars
are offered to the principal office of the Reference Bank in London,
England by prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately
11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days before the first day of such
Interest Period in an amount substantially equal to such Reference Bank's
Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising part of such Borrowing (determined
without giving effect to any assignments by such Reference Bank) and for a
period equal to such Interest Period. The Eurodollar Rate for each
Interest Period for each Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of the
same Borrowing shall be determined by the Administrative Agent on the
basis of applicable rates furnished to and received by the Administrative
Agent from the Reference Bank two Business Days before the first day of
such Interest Period, SUBJECT, HOWEVER, to the provisions of Section 2.10.
"EURODOLLAR RATE ADVANCE" means an Advance that bears interest as
provided in Section 2.06(a)(ii).
"EURODOLLAR RATE RESERVE PERCENTAGE" for any Interest Period for
each Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of the same Borrowing means
the reserve percentage (if any) applicable two Business Days before the
first day of such Interest Period under regulations issued from time to
time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any
successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including,
without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve
requirement) for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York
City with deposits exceeding $1,000,000,000 with respect to liabilities or
assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities (or with
respect to any other category of liabilities that includes deposits by
reference to which the interest rate on Eurodollar Rate Advances is
determined) having a term equal to such Interest Period.
"EVENTS OF DEFAULT" has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
"FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" means, for any period, a fluctuating interest
rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted
average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members
of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as
published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the
next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or,
if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the
average of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by
the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized
standing selected by it.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America as in effect from time to time.
"HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" means (a) petroleum or petroleum products,
natural or synthetic gas, asbestos in any form that is or could become
friable, and radon gas, (b) any substances defined as or included in the
definition of "hazardous substances", "hazardous wastes", "hazardous
materials", "extremely hazardous wastes", "restricted hazardous wastes",
"toxic substances", "toxic pollutants", "contaminants" or "pollutants", or
words of similar meaning and regulatory effect, under any Environmental
Law and (c) any other substance exposure to which is regulated under any
Environmental Law.
"HOSTILE ACQUISITION" means an Acquisition that has not been
approved by the board of directors of the target company prior to the
commencement of a tender offer or proxy contest in respect thereof.
"INDEMNIFIED PARTY" has the meaning specified in Section 8.04(b).
"INDENTURE" means the Indenture to be dated as of January 22, 1998
between the Borrower and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as amended,
restated or supplemented from time to time.
"INITIAL LENDERS" has the meaning specified in the recital of the
parties to this Agreement.
"INSUFFICIENCY" means, with respect to any Plan at any date, the
amount, if any, by which the "accumulated benefit obligation" (as defined
in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 87) exceeds the fair market
value of the assets of such Plan as of the date of the most recent
actuarial valuation for such Plan, calculated using the actuarial methods,
factors and assumptions used in such valuation.
"INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO" means, for any period, the ratio of (a)
EBITDA for such period to (b) Interest Expense for such period.
"INTEREST EXPENSE" means, with respect to the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, for any period (without
duplication), interest expense, whether paid or accrued (including the
interest component of Capital Lease Obligations), on all Debt of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, net of interest income, all
determined in accordance with GAAP.
"INTEREST PERIOD" means, for each Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising
part of the same Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such
Eurodollar Rate Advance or the date of the Conversion of any Base Rate
Advance into such Eurodollar Rate Advance, and ending on the last day of
the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below and,
thereafter, each subsequent period commencing on the last day of the
immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on the last day of the
period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below. The
duration of each such Interest Period shall be one, two, three or six
months, as the Borrower may, upon notice received by the Administrative
Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business
Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period, select; PROVIDED,
that:
(a) any Interest Period for any Advance that would otherwise
extend beyond the Commitment Termination Date shall end on the
Commitment Termination Date;
(b) whenever the last day of any Interest Period would
otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of
such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next
succeeding Business Day, PROVIDED that, if such extension would
cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next
following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall
occur on the next preceding Business Day;
(c) whenever the first day of any Interest Period occurs on
the last day of a calendar month (or on any day for which there is
no numerically corresponding day in the appropriate subsequent
calendar month), such Interest Period shall end on the last Business
Day of the appropriate subsequent calendar month; and
(d) there shall not be more than three Interest Periods in
effect at any one time.
"INTERNAL REVENUE CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings
issued thereunder.
"LENDERS" has the meaning specified in the recital of the parties
hereto.
"LEVERAGE RATIO" means, at any time, the ratio of (1) the aggregate
amount outstanding of Debt of the Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries for or in respect of borrowed money to (2) EBITDA for the
then most recently concluded Rolling Period.
"LIEN" means any lien, security interest or other charge or
encumbrance of any kind, or any other type of preferential arrangement,
including, without limitation, the lien or retained security title of a
conditional vendor and any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on
title to real property.
"LOAN DOCUMENTS" means, collectively, this Agreement and the Notes.
"MARGIN STOCK" has the meaning specified in Regulation U.
"MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE" means any material adverse change in the
financial condition, business, assets, liabilities, properties, prospects
or results of operations of the Borrower or of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means a material adverse effect on (a) the
financial condition, business, assets, liabilities, properties, prospects
or results of operations of the Borrower or of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the rights and remedies of the
Administrative Agent or any Lender under any of the Loan Documents or (c)
the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under the Loan
Documents.
"MATERIAL DEBT" means, at any time, Debt having an aggregate
outstanding principal amount of $2,000,000 or more.
"MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN" of any Person means a single employer plan,
as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that is subject to Title IV of
ERISA and (a) is maintained for employees of such Person or any of its
ERISA Affiliates and at least one Person other than such Person and its
ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which such
Person or any of its ERISA Affiliates has or would have liability under
Section 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or wer to be
terminated.
"NET WORTH" means, as at any date for any Person, the sum for such
Person and its Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis without
duplication in accordance with GAAP), of the following:
(a) the amount of capital stock; PLUS
(b) the amount of surplus and retained earnings (or, in the
case of a surplus or retained earnings deficit, MINUS the amount of
such deficit); PLUS
(c) deferred charges to the extent amortized and acquired
contract costs net of accumulated amortization as stated on the then
most recent audited balance sheet of such Person; MINUS
(d) the sum of the following: cost of treasury shares and the
book value of all assets that should be classified as intangibles
(without duplication of deductions in respect of items already
deducted in arriving at surplus and retained earnings) but in any
event including goodwill, minority interests, research and
development costs, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents and
franchises, unamortized debt discount and expense, all reserves and
any write-up in the book value of assets resulting from a
revaluation thereof subsequent to December 31, 1996.
"NOTE" means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order
of a Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, evidencing the
aggregate indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from the
Advances made by such Lender.
"NOTICE OF BORROWING" has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a).
"OECD" means the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development.
"OTHER TAXES" has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(b).
"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any
successor.
"PERMITTED LIENS" means such of the following as to which no
enforcement, collection, execution, levy or foreclosure proceeding shall
have been commenced (or, if such a proceeding has been commenced, such
proceeding is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
enforcement of any Lien has been and is stayed): (a) Liens existing on the
date hereof and heretofore disclosed to the Administrative Agent in
writing,
(b) Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges or
levies to the extent not required to be paid under Section 5.01(b),
(c) Liens imposed by law, such as materialmen's, mechanics',
carriers', workmen's and repairmen's Liens, statutory landlord's
Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of
business securing obligations that are not overdue for a period of
more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings,
(d) pledges or deposits to secure obligations under workers'
compensation laws or similar legislation or to secure public or
statutory obligations,
(e) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade
contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases (other than
capital leases), surety and appeal bonds, and performance bonds and
other obligations of a like nature incurred, in each case arising in
the ordinary course of business,
(f) as to any particular property at any time, such easements,
encroachments, covenants, rights of way, minor defects,
irregularities or encumbrances on title which do not materially
impair the use of such property for the purpose for which it is held
by the owner thereof,
(g) municipal and zoning ordinances that are not violated in
any material respect by the existing improvements and the present
use made by the owner thereof,
(h) real estate taxes and assessments not yet delinquent,
(i) Liens consisting of bank set-off rights arising by
operation of law in the ordinary course of business,
(j) judgment Liens in existence less than 30 days after the
entry thereof or with respect to which execution has been stayed or
the payment of which is covered in full (subject to a customary
deductible) by insurance,
(k) any Lien on property granted in connection with new
borrowings to finance the acquisition of such property (directly or
indirectly), PROVIDED, that the aggregate principal amount of the
Debt secured thereby does not exceed 80% of the purchase price of
the property so acquired and such Lien does not extend to any other
property,
(n) Liens in connection with the refinancing of Debt remaining
outstanding after issuance of the Bonds and prepayment of secured
Debt, PROVIDED, that the amount refinanced is not increased and such
Lien does not extend to any other property.
"PERSON" means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a
business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association,
joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or a government
or any political subdivision or agency thereof.
"PLAN" means a Single Employer Plan or a Multiple Employer Plan.
"POST-DEFAULT RATE" means, in respect of any principal of any
Advance or any other amount whatsoever payable under this Agreement or any
Note that is not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration, by optional or mandatory prepayment or otherwise), a rate
per annum during the period from and including the due date to but
excluding the date on which such amount is paid in full equal to 2% per
annum PLUS the Base Rate as in effect from time to time (PROVIDED, that if
the amount s in default is principal of a Eurodollar Rate Advance and the
due date thereof is a day other than the last day of an Interest Period
therefor, the "Post-Default Rate" for such principal shall be, for the
period for and including such due date to but excluding the last day of
such Interest Period, 2% per annum PLUS the interest rate for such Advance
as provided in Section 2.08(a)(ii) and, thereafter, the rate provided for
above in this definition).
"QUARTERLY DATES" means March 31, June 30, September 30 and December
31 in each year, the first of which shall be the first such day after the
Closing Date, PROVIDED, that if any such day is not a Business Day, the
relevant Quarterly Date shall be the immediately succeeding Business Day.
"REFERENCE BANK" means the principal London office of Citibank.
"REGISTER" has the meaning specified in Section 8.06(c).
"REGULATION A", "REGULATION D", "REGULATION G", "REGULATION U" and
"REGULATION X" mean Regulations A, D, G, U and X of the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System, respectively, as in effect from time to
time.
"REQUIRED LENDERS" means at any time Lenders holding in the
aggregate at least 66-2/3% of the Advances (or, if no Advances are
outstanding, at least 66-2/3% of the then aggregate amount of the
Commitments).
"ROLLING PERIOD" means each period of four consecutive fiscal
quarters of the Borrower, commencing with such period ending in March,
1998.
"SINGLE EMPLOYER PLAN" of any Person means a single employer plan,
as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that is subject to Title IV of
ERISA and that (a) is maintained for employees or former employees of such
Person or any of its ERISA Affiliates and no Person other than such Person
and its ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which
such Person or any of its ERISA Affiliates has or would have liability
under Section 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been o were to be
terminated.
"SUBSIDIARY" of any Person means any corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or estate of which (or in which) more than 50% of (a) the
issued and outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect
a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of
whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such
corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any
contingency), (b) the interest in the capital or profits of suc
partnership or joint venture or (c) the beneficial interest in such trust
or estate is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by
such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Subsidiaries or
by one or more of such Person's other Subsidiaries.
"TAXES" means any and all present or future taxes, levies,
assessments, imposts, duties, deductions, fees, withholdings or similar
charges, including interest and penalties thereon.
"TYPE" refers to the distinction between Advances bearing interest
at the Base Rate and Advances bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate.
"U.S. DOLLARS" and "$" means lawful money of the United States of
America.
"VOTING STOCK" means capital stock issued by a corporation or
equivalent interests in any other Person, the holders of which are
ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the
election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such
Person, even though the right to so vote has been suspended by the
happening of such contingency.
"WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY" means, as of any determination date, the
aggregate amount of the liabilities, if any, pursuant to Section 4201 of
ERISA if the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate made a complete withdrawal
from all Plans and any increase in contributions pursuant to Section 4243
of ERISA.
Section 1.02. COMPUTATION OF TIME PERIODS. In this Agreement in the
computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date,
the word "from" means "from and including" and the words "to" and "until" mean
"to but excluding".
Section 1.03. ACCOUNTING TERMS. All accounting terms not specifically
defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP; PROVIDED, that if any
change in GAAP proposed after the Closing Date materially affects the
calculation of any financial covenant in Section 5.04, the Administrative Agent
(at the request of the Required Lenders) may by notice to the Borrower require
that such covenant thereafter be calculated in accordance with GAAP as in
effect, and applied by the Borrower, immediately before such change in GAAP
occurs. If such notice is given, the compliance certificates delivered pursuant
to Section 5.03 after such change occurs shall be accompanied by reconciliations
of the difference between the calculation set forth therein and a calculation
made in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time after such change
occurs. To enable the ready determination of compliance with the covenants set
forth in Section 5.04 hereof, the Borrower will not change from December in each
year the date on which its fiscal year ends, nor from March 31, June 30 and
September 30 the dates on which the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal
year end.
ARTICLE II
AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES
Section 2.01. THE ADVANCES. (a) Each Lender severally agrees, on the terms
and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make advances (each an "ADVANCE") to
the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the
date hereof until the Commitment Termination Date in an aggregate amount at any
one time outstanding not to exceed at any time the amount set forth opposite the
name of such Lender on the signature pages hereof under the heading "Commitment"
and, as to all Lenders in an aggregate principal amount at any one time
outstanding up to but not exceeding $25,000,000.
(b) Each Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount not less than
$1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and
shall consist of Advances of the same Type made on the same day.
(c) The Advances shall be made by the Lenders ratably according to
their respective Commitments.
(d) Within the limits of each Lender's Commitment in effect from
time to time, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01, prepay
pursuant to Section 2.05(a) and reborrow on and subject to the terms and
conditions hereof.
Section 2.02. MAKING THE ADVANCES.
(a) (i) Each Borrowing shall be made on notice, given not later than
12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day of, in respect of Base
Rate Advances, or, with respect to a Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate
Advances, 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior
to the date of, the proposed Borrowing, by the Borrower to the
Administrative Agent, which shall give to each Lender prompt notice
thereof by telecopier. Each such notice of a Borrowing (a "NOTICE OF
BORROWING") shall be by telecopier, confirmed immediately in writing, in
substantially the form of Exhibit B, specifying therein (1) the requested
date of such Borrowing, (2) the requested Type of Advances comprising such
Borrowing, (3) the requested aggregate amount of such Borrowing and (4) in
the case of a Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances, the
requested initial Interest Period for each such Advance.
(ii) In the case of a proposed Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar
Rate Advances, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower
and each Lender of the applicable interest rate under Section 2.06(a)(ii).
(iii) Each Lender shall, before 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on
the date of each Borrowing, make available for the account of its
Applicable Lending Office to the Administrative Agent at the
Administrative Agent's Account, in same day funds, such Lender's ratable
portion of such Borrowing. Promptly after the Administrative Agent's
receipt of such funds and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions
set forth in Article III, the Administrative Agent will transfer same day
funds to the Borrower's Account.
(b) Each Notice of Borrowing shall be irrevocable and binding on the
Borrower. In the case of any Borrowing that the related Notice of
Borrowing specifies is to be comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances, the
Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss, cost or expense
incurred by such Lender as a result of any failure to fulfill on or before
the date specified in such Notice of Borrowing for such Borrowing the
applicable conditions set forth in Article III (other than losses, costs
or expenses relating to Taxes or Other Taxes which shall be governed
exclusively by Section 2.11), including, without limitation, any loss
(excluding loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by
reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds
acquired by such Lender to fund the Advance to be made by such Lender as
part of such Borrowing when such Advance, as a result of such failure, is
not made on such date.
(c) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from
a Lender prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of any
Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative
Agent such Lender's ratable portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative
Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the
Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with
Section 2.02(a) and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon suc
assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding
amount. If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have so made such
ratable portion available to the Administrative Agent and the
Administrative Agent shall have made available such corresponding amount
to the Borrower, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to repay to
the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount
together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is
mad available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the
Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest
rate applicable at such time under Section 2.06 to Advances comprising
such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds
Rate. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such
corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Lender's
Advance as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.
(d) The failure of any Lender to make the Advance to be made by it
as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its
obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Advance on the date of such
Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other
Lender to make the Advance to be made by such other Lender on the date of
any Borrowing.
Section 2.03. REPAYMENT. The Borrower hereby promises to pay to the
Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender on the Commitment
Termination Date the full outstanding principal amount of the Advances of such
Lender. All repayments of principal of the Advances shall be made together with
interest accrued to the date of such repayment on the principal amount repaid.
Section 2.04. TERMINATION OR REDUCTION OF THE COMMITMENTS.
(a) MANDATORY. The Commitments shall automatically be reduced to
zero on the Commitment Termination Date.
(b) REDUCTIONS. The Borrower may, upon three Business Days' notice
to the Administrative Agent, reduce the Commitments in whole or in part in
the amount of $2,500,000 or an integral multiple thereof. Each reduction
of the Commitments shall be applied to the Commitments of the Lenders PRO
RATA according to their respective Commitments.
(c) REDUCTIONS PERMANENT. Commitments once terminated or reduced may
not be reinstated.
Section 2.05. PREPAYMENTS, ETC.
(a) OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS. The Borrower may, upon at least three
Business Days' notice (in the case of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate
Advances) or upon notice given on the date of prepayment (in the case of
prepayments of Base Rate Advances) to the Administrative Agent (which
notice shall state the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the
prepayment), and if such notice is given the Borrower shall, prepay the
outstanding principal amount of the Advances in the aggregate amount and o
the date specified in such notice, together with accrued interest to the
date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid; PROVIDED, that
(x) each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount of
$1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (y)
any such prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Advance other than on the last
day of the Interest Period therefor shall be accompanied by, and subject
to, the payment of any amount payable under Section 8.04(c) in respec of
such prepayment and (z) each such notice shall be made on the relevant day
not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time). Each prepayment of
Advances under this Section 2.05(a) shall be made for account of the
Lenders PRO RATA according to the aggregate outstanding principal amount
of Advances held by them.
(b) PAYMENTS WITH INTEREST. All prepayments under this Section 2.05
shall be made together with accrued interest to the date of such
prepayment on the principal amount prepaid.
Section 2.06. INTEREST.
(a) ORDINARY INTEREST. The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid
principal amount of each Advance owing to each Lender from the date of
such Advance until such principal amount shall be paid in full at the
following rates per annum:
(i) BASE RATE ADVANCES. If such Advance is a Base Rate
Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times to the Base Rate in
effect from time to time, payable quarterly in arrears on each
Quarterly Date and on the date such Base Rate Advance shall be
Converted (but only on the amount Converted) or paid in full.
(ii) EURODOLLAR RATE ADVANCES. If such Advance is a Eurodollar
Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during each
Interest Period for such Advance to the sum of (1) the Eurodollar
Rate for such Interest Period for such Advance PLUS (2) the
Applicable Margin in effect from time to time, payable in arrears on
the last day of such Interest Period and, if such Interest Period
has a duration of more than three months, on each three-month
anniversary of the first day of such Interest Period occurring
during such Interest Period.
(b) POST-DEFAULT INTEREST. Notwithstanding Section 2.06(a), the
Borrower shall pay interest on any amount that is not paid when due under
this Agreement (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise)
at the Post-Default Rate. Interest under this Section 2.06(b) shall be
payable on demand.
Section 2.07. FEES. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent
for the account of each Lender a commitment fee on the average daily unused
amount of such Lender's Commitment from the Closing Date (in the case of each
Initial Lender), and from the effective date specified in the Assignment and
Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender (in the case of each other
Lender), until the Commitment Termination Date, payable in arrears on each
Quarterly Date and on the Commitment Termination Date, at a rate equal to 0.25%
per annum.
Section 2.08. CONVERSION AND CONTINUATION OF ADVANCES.
(a) OPTIONAL CONVERSION. The Borrower may on any Business Day, upon notice
given to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time)
on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion and
subject to the provisions hereof, Convert all or any portion of the Advances of
one Type outstanding (and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Advances, having the
same Interest Period); PROVIDED, that any such Conversion of a Eurodollar Rate
Advance other than on the last day of the Interest Period therefor shall be
accompanied by, and subject to, the payment of any amount payable under Section
8.04(c) in respect of such Conversion, and any Conversion of Base Rate Advances
into Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be in an amount not less than the minimum
amount specified in Section 2.08(b)(i). Each such notice of Conversion shall,
within the restrictions specified above, specify (i) the date of such
Conversion, (ii) the aggregate amount and Type of the Advances (and, in the case
of Eurodollar Rate Advances, the Interest Period therefor) to be Converted and
(iii) if such Conversion is into Eurodollar Rate Advances, the duration of the
initial Interest Period for such Advances. Each notice of Conversion shall be
irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.
(b) FAILURE TO SELECT; CERTAIN MANDATORY CONVERSIONS.
(i) On the date on which the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising any Borrowing shall be reduced, by
payment or prepayment or otherwise, to less than $1,000,000, such Advances
shall automatically Convert into Base Rate Advances.
(ii) If the Borrower shall fail to select the duration of any
Interest Period for any outstanding Eurodollar Rate Advances in accordance
with the provisions contained in the definition of "Interest Period" in
Section 1.01 and in clause (a) or (c) of this Section 2.08, the
Administrative Agent will forthwith so notify the Borrower and the
Lenders, and the Borrower shall automatically be deemed irrevocably to
have selected an Interest Period of one month.
(iii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of
Default, unless the Required Lenders otherwise agree, (x) each Eurodollar
Rate Advance will automatically, on the last day of the then existing
Interest Period therefor, Convert into a Base Rate Advance and (y) the
obligation of the Lenders to make, or to Convert Advances into, or to
Continue, Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended.
(c) CONTINUATIONS. The Borrower may, on any Business Day, upon notice
given to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time)
on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Continuation,
Continue all or any portion of the outstanding Eurodollar Rate Advances having
the same Interest Period as such Eurodollar Rate Advances; PROVIDED, that any
such Continuation shall be in an amount not less than the minimum Borrowing
amount specified in Section 2.01(b). Each such notice of Continuation shall,
within the restrictions specified above, specify (i) the date of such
Continuation, (ii) the aggregate amount of, and the initial Interest Period for,
the Advances being Continued and (iii) the duration of the initial Interest
Period for the Eurodollar Rate Advances subject to such Continuation. Each
notice of Continuation shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.
Section 2.09. INCREASED COSTS, ILLEGALITY, ETC.
(a) If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the
interpretation of any law or regulation (to the extent any such introduction or
change occurs after the date hereof) after the date hereof or (ii) the
compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other
governmental authority adopted or made after the date hereof (whether or not
having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender
of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Advances
(except with respect to costs relating to Taxes which shall be governed
exclusively by Section 2.11), then the Borrower shall from time to time, within
ten Business Days after demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the
Administrative Agent), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such
Lender additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender for such
increased cost; PROVIDED, that, before making any such demand, each Lender
agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal
and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Applicable Lending Office
if the making of such a designation would avoid the need for, or reduce the
amount of, such increased cost and would not, in the sole judgment of such
Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender. A certificate as to the
amount of such increased cost, submitted to the Borrower by such Lender in good
faith and setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for such increased cost,
shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower, absent manifest error.
(b) If any Lender determines that compliance with any law or regulation
enacted or introduced after the date hereof or any guideline or request from any
central bank or other governmental authority adopted or made after the date
hereof (whether or not having the force of law) affects the amount of capital
required or expected to be maintained by such Lender or any corporation or other
entity controlling such Lender and that the amount of such capital is increased
by or based upon the existenc of such Lender's commitment to lend hereunder and
other commitments of this type (or similar contingent obligations), then, within
ten Business Days after demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the
Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for
the account of such Lender, from time to time as specified by such Lender,
additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender (or such corporation or
other entity) in the light of such circumstances, to the extent that such Lender
reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable to the existence
of such Lender's commitment to lend hereunder. A certificate as to such amounts
submitted to the Borrower by such Lender in good faith and setting forth in
reasonable detail the basis for such increased cost shall be conclusive and
binding on the Borrower, absent manifest error.
(c) If, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Advances, (i) the Required
Lenders reasonably determine and notify the Administrative Agent that the
Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period for such Advances will not adequately
reflect the cost to such Required Lenders of making, funding or maintaining
their respective Eurodollar Rate Advances for such Interest Period, or (ii) the
Reference Bank does not furnish timely information to the Administrative Agent
for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any Eurodollar Rate Advances, the
Administrative Agent shall forthwith so notify the Borrower and the Lenders,
whereupon (x) each Eurodollar Rate Advance will automatically, on the last day
of any then existing Interest Period therefor, Convert to a Base Rate Advance,
and (y) the obligation of the Lenders to make, or to Convert Advances into, or
to Continue, Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended until the
Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and such Lenders that the
circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the
introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or
regulation (to the extent any such introduction or change occurs after the date
hereof) shall make it unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental
authority having appropriate jurisdiction shall assert in writing that it is
unlawful, for any Lender or its Eurodollar Lending Office to perform its
obligations hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Advances or to continue to fund or
maintain Eurodollar Rate Advances hereunder, then, on notice thereof and demand
therefor by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i)
each Eurodollar Rate Advance of such Lender will automatically, on the last day
of the then current Interest Period or on such earlier date as may be required
by law, Convert to a Base Rate Advance and (ii) the obligation of such Lender to
make, or to Convert Advances into, or to Continue, Eurodollar Rate Advances
shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower that
such Lender has determined that the circumstances causing such suspension no
longer exist; PROVIDED, that, before making any such demand, such Lender agrees
to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and
regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Eurodollar Lending Office if
the making of such a designation would allow such Lender or its Eurodollar
Lending Office to continue to perform its obligations to make Eurodollar Rate
Advances or to continue to fund or maintain Eurodollar Rate Advances and would
not, in the sole judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such
Lender.
Section 2.10. PAYMENTS AND COMPUTATIONS.
(a) The Borrower shall make each payment hereunder and under the
Notes not later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the day when due in U.S.
Dollars to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent's Account in
same day funds and, except as expressly set forth herein, without deduction,
set-off or counterclaim. The Administrative Agent will promptly thereafter cause
to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of principal, interest or
facility fees ratably (other than amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.09(a),
2.09(b), 2.11 or 8.04(c)) to the Lenders for the account of their Applicable
Lending Offices, and like funds relating to the payment of any other amount
payable to any Lender to such Lender for the account of its Applicable Lending
Office, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement. Upon its acceptance of an Assignment and Acceptance and recording of
the information contained therein in the Register pursuant to Section 8.06(d),
from and after the effective date of such Assignment and Acceptance, the
Administrative Agent shall make all payments hereunder and under the Notes in
respect of the interest assigned thereby to the Lender assignee thereunder, and
the parties to such Assignment and Acceptance shall make all appropriate
adjustments in such payments for periods prior to such effective date directly
between themselves.
(b) If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to
the obligations under the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan
Documents do not specify the Advances to which, or the manner in which, such
funds are to be applied, and the Borrower has not otherwise directed how such
funds are to be applied (which direction is consistent with the terms of the
Loan Documents), the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to,
elect to distribute such funds to each Lender ratably in accordance with such
Lender's proportionate share of the principal amount of all outstanding
Advances, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Advances or
other Obligations owed to such Lender as the Administrative Agent shall direct.
(c) The Reference Bank agrees to furnish to the Administrative Agent
timely information for the purpose of determining each Eurodollar Rate.
(d) All computations of interest (other than interest determined
under paragraphs (a) and (b) of the definition of "Base Rate" in Section 1.01)
and commitment fees shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of a
year of 360 days, and all computations of interest under paragraphs (a) or (b)
of the definition of "Base Rate" shall be made by the Administrative Agent on
the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, in each case for the actual number of
days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the
period for which such interest or fees are payable. Each determination by the
Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder made in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding for all
purposes, absent manifest error.
(e) Whenever any payment hereunder or under the Notes shall be
stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made
on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such
case be included in the computation of payment of interest or commitment fee, as
the case may be; PROVIDED, that, if such extension would cause payment of
interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Advances to be made in the next
following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately
preceding Business Day.
(f) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from
the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to any Lender
hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment in full, the
Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full
to the Administrative Agent on such date and the Administrative Agent may, in
reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each such Lender on
such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender. If and to the
extent the Borrower shall not have so made such payment in full to the
Administrative Agent, each such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent
forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Lender together with
interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such
Lender until the date such Lender repays such amount to the Administrative
Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.
Section 2.11. TAXES.
(a) Unless otherwise provided in this Section 2.11, any and all
payments by the Borrower hereunder or under the Notes shall be made, in
accordance with Section 2.10, free and clear of and without deduction for any
and all present or future Taxes imposed by the laws and regulations of the
United States or any state or local jurisdiction thereof or therein, EXCLUDING,
in the case of each Lender and the Administrative Agent (each, a "TAX
INDEMNITEE"), (i) net income taxes that are imposed by the United States and
franchise taxes and net income taxes that are imposed on such Tax Indemnitee by
any state or local jurisdiction under the laws of which such Tax Indemnitee is
organized or any political subdivision thereof and, (ii) in the case of such Tax
Indemnitee, net income taxes that are imposed by the United States and franchise
taxes and net income taxes that are imposed on it by the state or local
jurisdiction of such Person's Applicable Lending Office or any political
subdivision thereof (all such non-excluded Taxes being hereinafter referred to
as "INDEMNIFIED TAXES"). If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any
Indemnified Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any
Note to any Tax Indemnitee, (i) subject to Section 2.11(f), the sum payable
shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required
deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under
this Section 2.11) such Tax Indemnitee receives an amount equal to the sum it
would have received had no such deductions been made ("ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS"),
(ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay
the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority in accordance with
applicable law.
(b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any present or future
stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or
similar levies imposed under the laws of the United States or any state or local
jurisdiction thereof or therein, that arise from any payment made by it
hereunder or under the Notes or from the execution, delivery or registration of
this Agreement or the Notes (hereinafter referred to as "OTHER TAXES").
(c) The Borrower will indemnify each Tax Indemnitee for the full
amount of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes reasonably and in good faith paid by
such Tax Indemnitee and any penalties and interest arising from the failure of
the Borrower to pay such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes. This indemnification
shall be made within 30 days from such date such Tax Indemnitee makes written
demand therefor, which demand shall contain an itemized summary of the amounts
so payable.
(d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Indemnified
Taxes, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent, at its address
referred to in Section 8.02, appropriate evidence of payment thereof. If the
Borrower shall make a payment hereunder or under the Notes through an account or
branch outside the United States, or a payment is made on behalf of the Borrower
by a payor that is not a United States Person, the Borrower will, if no Taxes
are payable in respect of such payment furnish, or will cause such payor to
furnish, to the Administrative Agent, at such address, a certificate from the
appropriate taxing authority or authorities, or an opinion of counsel acceptable
to the Administrative Agent, in either case stating that such payment is exempt
from or not subject to Taxes. For purposes of this subsection (d) and subsection
(e), the terms "UNITED STATES" and "UNITED STATES PERSON" shall have the
meanings specified in Section 7701 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(e) Each Tax Indemnitee that is not a United States Person for U.S.
federal income tax purposes shall, on or prior to the date of its execution and
delivery of this Agreement (in the case of each Initial Lender and on the date
of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender (in the
case of each other Lender), and from time to time thereafter if requested in
writing by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (but only so long as such
Tax Indemnitee remains lawfully able to do so after the date such Person becomes
a party hereto), provide the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with either
(i) Internal Revenue Service form 1001 or 4224, as appropriate, or any successor
form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, certifying that such Tax
Indemnitee is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the
United States is a party that reduces the rate of withholding tax on payments
under this Agreement and the Notes or certifying that the income receivable
pursuant to this Agreement and the Notes is effectively connected with the
conduct of a trade or business in the United States or (ii) Internal Revenue
Service form W-8, upon which the Borrower is entitled to rely, from a Tax
Indemnitee that has not at the time it becomes a party hereto been named in any
notice issued by the Secretary of the Treasury (or such Secretary's authorized
delegate) pursuant to Sections 881(c)(2)(B) or 871(h)(5) of the Internal Revenue
Code, or any successor form or statement prescribed by the Internal Revenue
Service in order to establish that such Tax Indemnitee is entitled to treat the
interest payments under this Agreement and the Notes as portfolio interest that
is exempt from withholding tax under the Internal Revenue Code, together with a
certificate stating that such Tax Indemnitee is not described in Section
881(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. If the form provided by a Tax Indemnitee
at the time it first becomes a party to this Agreement indicates a United States
interest withholding tax rate in excess of zero (or if such Tax Indemnitee
cannot provide at such time such form because it is not entitled to reduced
withholding under a treaty, the payments are not effectively connected income
and the payments do not qualify as portfolio interest), withholding tax at the
rate indicated in such form (or at the then existing U.S. statutory rate if the
Tax Indemnitee cannot provide such a form) shall be excluded from Indemnified
Taxes unless and until such Lender provides the appropriate form certifying that
a zero rate applies; PROVIDED, that, if at the date of the Assignment and
Acceptance pursuant to which a Lender assignee becomes a party to this
Agreement, the Lender assignor was entitled to payments under subsection (a) in
respect of United States withholding tax with respect to interest paid at such
date, then, to the extent such tax results in liability for such payments, the
term Taxes shall include (in addition to withholding taxes that may be imposed
in the future or other amounts otherwise includable in Taxes) United States
interest withholding tax, if any, applicable with respect to the Lender assignee
on such date.
(f) For any period with respect to which a Tax Indemnitee has failed
to provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the appropriate form
described in Section 2.11(e) (OTHER THAN if such failure is due to a change in
law occurring after the date on which a form originally was required to be
provided or if such form otherwise is not required under subsection (e)), such
Lender shall not be entitled to indemnification under subsection (a) or (c) with
respect to Indemnified Taxes impose by the United States or any state or other
political subdivision thereof.
(g) Any Lender claiming any Additional Amounts payable pursuant to
this Section 2.11 shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal
policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its
Applicable Lending Office(s) if the making of such a change would avoid the need
for, or reduce the amount of, any such additional amounts that may thereafter
accrue and would not, in the sole judgment of such Lender, be otherwise
disadvantageous to such Lender.
(h) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the
Borrower hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower contained in
this Section 2.11 shall survive the payment in full of principal and interest
hereunder and under the Notes.
Section 2.12. SHARING OF PAYMENTS, ETC. If any Lender shall obtain
any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right
of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the Advances owing to it (other than
pursuant to Section 2.09(a), 2.09(b), 2.11 or 8.04(c)) in excess of its ratable
share of payments on account of the Advances obtained by all the Lenders, such
Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such participations in
the Advances owing to them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender
to share the excess payment ratably with each of them; PROVIDED, that if all or
any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing
Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall
repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery
together with an amount equal to such Lender's ratable share (according to the
proportion of (i) the amount of such Lender's required repayment to (ii) the
total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other
amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount
so recovered. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation
from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.12 may exercise all its rights of
payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as
fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount
of such participation.
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS OF LENDING
Section 3.01. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL BORROWING. The
obligation of each Lender to make an Advance on the occasion of the initial
Borrowing is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent
on or before March 31, 1998:
(a) DOCUMENTS. The Administrative Agent shall have received the
following documents (with, except in the case of the Notes, sufficient
copies for each Lender), each of which shall be satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent in form and substance:
(1) NOTES. The Notes payable to the order of the Lenders.
(2) CORPORATE DOCUMENTS. Certified copies of the charter and
by-laws (or equivalent documents) of the Borrower and of all
corporate authority for the Borrower (including, without limitation,
board of director resolutions and evidence of the incumbency,
including specimen signatures, of officers) with respect to the
execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and each
other document to be delivered by the Borrower from time to time in
connection herewith and the extensions of credit hereunder (and the
Administrative Agent and each Lender may conclusively rely on such
certificate until it receives notice in writing from the Borrower to
the contrary).
(3) OPINION OF COUNSEL. A favorable written opinion of Jones,
Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrere & Denegre, L.L.P., counsel to
the Borrower, with respect to such matters relating to the Loan
Documents as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may request.
(4) OPINION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S COUNSEL. An opinion of
Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy, special New York counsel for the
Administrative Agent, covering such matters relating to this
Agreement and the Notes as the Administrative Agent may require.
(5) PROCEEDS OF BONDS. Evidence (i) of receipt by the Borrower
of at least $95,000,000 net of fees from the public sale of the
Bonds by the Borrower and (ii) that the Borrower and/or one or more
of its Subsidiaries have given irrevocable notice of prepayment of
outstanding accrued Debt thereof described in Part II of Schedule
4.01(m) hereto, in an aggregate amount at least equal to
$95,000,000.
(6) GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS. Evidence of receipt of all
governmental and third party consents and approvals necessary in
connection with this Agreement and the Notes (without the imposition
of any conditions except those that are acceptable to the Lenders)
and that the same remain in effect.
(b) FEES. The Borrower shall have paid all accrued fees and expenses
of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including without limitation
the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of counsel to the
Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement).
(c) OTHER ITEMS. The Administrative Agent shall have received such
other approvals, opinions and documents relating to this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby as any Lender may, through the
Administrative Agent, reasonably request.
Section 3.02. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH BORROWING. The obligation of
each Lender to make an Advance on the occasion of each Borrowing shall be
subject to the further conditions precedent that on the date of such Borrowing
the following statements shall be true (and each of the giving of the applicable
Notice of Borrowing and the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of such
Borrowing shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that on
the date of such Borrowing suc statements are true):
(i) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan
Documents are correct on and as of the date of such Borrowing before and
after giving effect to such Borrowing and to the application of the
proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date; and
(ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from
such Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 4.01. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BORROWER. The Borrower
represents and warrants as follows:
(a) The Borrower (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
organization, (ii) is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign
corporation in each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its
business requires it to so qualify or be licensed and where, in each case,
failure so to qualify and be in good standing could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) has all requisite power
(corporate or other) and authority to own or lease and operate its
properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed
to be conducted.
(b) Set forth on Schedule 4.01(b) is a complete and accurate list of
all Subsidiaries of the Borrower as of the Closing Date, showing as of
such date (as to each such Subsidiary) the jurisdiction of its
organization and the percentage of the outstanding shares or interests of
each class of capital stock or partnership interests owned (directly or
indirectly) by the Borrower. All of the outstanding capital stock or
partnership interests of all of such Subsidiaries has been validly issued,
is fully paid and non-assessable and, except as otherwise specified on
Schedule 4.01(b), is owned by the Borrower or one or more of its
Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens except Permitted Liens.
(c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of each
Loan Document, and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated
hereby, are within the Borrower's powers (corporate or other), have been
duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not (i)
contravene the Borrower's charter or by-laws, (ii) violate any applicable
law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree,
determination or award, (iii) conflict with or result in the breach of, or
constitute a default under, any contract, loan agreement, indenture,
mortgage, deed of trust, lease or other instrument binding on or affecting
the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties or (iv)
result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with
respect to any of the properties of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries.
(d) No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice
to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any
other third party is required for (i) the due execution, delivery,
recordation, filing or performance by the Borrower of any Loan Document,
for the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby or (ii) the
exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the
Loan Documents, except for the authorizations, approvals, actions, notices
and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in
full force and effect. No authorization or approval or other action by,
and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory
body or any other third party is required for the consummation of the
transactions contemplated thereby, except for the authorizations,
approvals, actions, notices and filings (x) the failure to obtain could
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (y which
have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and
effect.
(e) This Agreement is, and each of the Notes when delivered will
have been, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower. This Agreement is,
and each of the Notes when delivered hereunder for value will be, the
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against
the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws affecting
creditors generally and by general principles of equity (regardles of
whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).
(f) The audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996, and the related consolidated
statements of income or operations and cash flows for the fiscal year
ended on that date:
(i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied
throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly
noted therein; and
(ii) fairly present in all respects the financial condition of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and results
of operations for such year.
Since December 31, 1996, there has been no Material Adverse Change.
(g) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.01(g), as of the Closing Date
there is no action, suit, litigation or proceeding against the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective property, including any
action in connection with any Environmental Laws, pending before any
court, governmental agency or arbitrator, or (to the knowledge of the
Borrower) threatened, nor (to the knowledge of the Borrower) is there any
investigation pending in respect of the Borrower, that could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(h) The Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit
for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock and no proceeds of
any Advance will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock or to extend
credit to others for the purpose of buying or carrying any Margin Stock.
(i) Except to the extent any of the following could not reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the operations and
properties of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries comply in all
material respects with all Environmental Laws, all necessary Environmental
permits have been obtained and are in effect for the operations and
properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all such
Environmental permits, and (ii) to the best of the Borrower's knowledge,
no circumstances exist that could (x) form the basis of an action in
connection with any Environmental Law against the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or (y) cause any such property to be subject to any material
restrictions on ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any
Environmental Law.
(j) Except to the extent any of the following could not reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, as of the Closing Date none
of the properties of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or
proposed for listing on the National Priorities List under CERCLA or on
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Information System maintained by the Environmental Protection Agency or
any analogous state list of sites requiring investigation or cleanup
(k) Except to the extent any of the following could not reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, as of the Closing Date
neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has been notified in
writing by any federal, state or local governmental agency or any other
Person that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is potentially liable
for the remedial or other costs with respect to treatment, storage,
disposal, release, arrangement for disposal or transportation of any
Hazardous Material generated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
except for costs incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect
to treatment, storage, disposal or transportation of such Hazardous
Materials.
(l) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an
"investment company," or an "affiliated person" of, or "promoter" or
"principal underwriter" for, an "investment company," as such terms are
defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither the
Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a "holding company", or an
"affiliate" of a "holding company" or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding
company", within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of
1935, as amended.
(m) Part I of Schedule 4.01(m) is a complete list of all Debt of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries for or in respect of borrowed money, and any
Material Debt other than for or in respect of borrowed money, as of the
Closing Date or such other date as is set forth therein.
(n) Not more than 25% of the assets of the Borrower which are
subject to Sections 5.02(a) or 5.02(c) consists of Margin Stock.
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS
Section 5.01. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. So long as any principal of or
interest on any Advance or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any
Note shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the
Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
(a) COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC. Comply with all applicable laws,
rules, regulations and orders, including, without limitation, compliance
with ERISA and all Environmental Laws and Environmental permits, except to
the extent that non-compliance with any thereof could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) PAYMENT OF TAXES, ETC. Pay and discharge, before the same shall
become delinquent, (i) all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its property or
assets, (ii) all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien
upon its property or assets, and (iii) all other material obligations;
PROVIDED, that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be
required to pay or discharge any such Tax that is being contested in good
faith and by proper proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves are
being maintained to the extent required by GAAP.
(c) MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE. Maintain with responsible and
reputable insurance companies or associations, insurance, in such amounts
and covering such risks as is usually carried by companies engaged in
similar businesses.
(d) PRESERVATION OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE, ETC. Subject to Section
5.02(c), preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights (charter
and statutory) and franchises; PROVIDED, that neither the Borrower nor any
of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve any right or franchise
if the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall determine that the preservation
thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the
Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and that the loss thereof
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(e) VISITATION RIGHTS. At any reasonable time during normal business
hours and as may be reasonably requested from time to time (and, so long
as no Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, upon
reasonable advance notice), permit the Administrative Agent, and its
designated officers, employees, agents and representatives, to have access
thereto and to make examination thereof at all reasonable times, to make
audits and to inspect and otherwise check its properties, real, personal
and mixed.
(f) KEEPING OF BOOKS. Keep proper books of record and account, in
which full and materially correct entries shall be made of all financial
transactions and the assets and business of the Borrower and each
Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP.
(g) MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES, ETC. Maintain and preserve, except to
the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect, all of its properties and assets that are used or
useful in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition,
ordinary wear and tear excepted.
(h) TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Conduct all transactions with each
of its Affiliates on terms that are no less favorable to the Borrower than
those that would obtain in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a
Person that is not an Affiliate.
(i) USE OF PROCEEDS. Use the proceeds of the Advances solely for the
general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries including,
without limitation, the making of Acquisitions; PROVIDED, that none of
such proceeds shall be used to finance a Hostile Acquisition; and
PROVIDED, further, that none of such proceeds shall be used to repurchase
any of the Bonds; and PROVIDED, further, that neither any Lender nor the
Administrative Agent shall have any responsibility for the use of an of
the proceeds of the Advances.
Section 5.02. NEGATIVE COVENANTS. So long as any principal of or interest
on any Advance or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any Note
shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the
Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:
(a) LIENS, ETC. Create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on or in
respect of any of its property, assets or revenues, except Permitted
Liens.
(b) DEBT. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt other
than:
(i) Debt hereunder;
(ii) endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or
collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of
business;
(iii) Debt outstanding on the date hereof and heretofore
disclosed to the Lenders in writing;
(iv) Debt evidenced by the Bonds, to the extent permitted
hereunder and Debt of any Subsidiary outstanding after giving effect
to the application of the proceeds of the Bonds; and
(v) other Debt in an aggregate principal amount of up to
$60,000,000.
(c) MERGERS, RESTRICTED INVESTMENTS, ETC. Merge with or into or
consolidate with or into, or sell all or substantially all of its assets
to, any Person, except that if at the time of such merger, consolidation
or sale, no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result
therefrom:
(a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged or
consolidated with or into the Borrower (PROVIDED, that the Borrower
shall be the continuing or surviving corporation) or any other
Subsidiary of the Borrower; and
(b) the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any other
Person (PROVIDED, that the Borrower shall be the continuing or
surviving corporation).
(d) CHANGE IN NATURE OF BUSINESS. Make any material change in the
nature of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as carried on
at the Closing Date.
(e) NO RESTRICTIONS ON UPSTREAMING. Permit any Subsidiary to create,
incur or have outstanding any contractual restriction on the ability of
such Subsidiary to declare or pay any dividend on its capital stock or to
make any loan or advance to or transfer any property to the Borrower,
except for contractual restrictions existing on the date hereof and
heretofore disclosed to the Lenders in writing.
Section 5.03. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. So long as any principal of or
interest on any Advance or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any
Note shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder:
(a) DEFAULT NOTICE. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative
Agent, promptly upon the occurrence of a Default, a statement of a senior
financial officer of the Borrower setting forth details of such Default
and the action that the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with
respect thereto.
(b) QUARTERLY FINANCIALS. As soon as available and in any event
within 60 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each
fiscal year of the Borrower, the Borrower will furnish to the
Administrative Agent, with sufficient copies for each Lender, a
Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the
end of such quarter and Consolidated statements of income and cash flows
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end
of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter,
setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures
for the corresponding period of the preceding fiscal year in reasonable
detail and duly certified (subject to year-end audit adjustments) by a
senior financial officer of the Borrower as having been prepared in
accordance with GAAP, together with (i) a certificate of said officer in
substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto (A) stating that no Default has
occurred and is continuing or, if a Default has occurred and is
continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof and the action that the
Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto and (B)
stating that since the last fiscal quarter, there has been no Material
Adverse Change and (ii) a schedule in form satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent of the computations used by the Borrower in
determining compliance with the covenants contained in Section 5.04.
(c) ANNUAL FINANCIALS. As soon as available and in any event within
120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the Borrower
will furnish to the Administrative Agent, with sufficient copies for each
Lender, the Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and Consolidated statements
of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such
fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year and accompanied by an
unqualified opinion thereon of Arthur Andersen LLP or other independent
public accountants of nationally recognized standing, together with (i) a
certificate of a senior financial officer of the Borrower in substantially
the form of Exhibit D hereto (A) stating that no Default has occurred and
is continuing or, if a Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement
as to the nature thereof and the action that the Borrower ha taken and
proposes to take with respect thereto and (B) stating that since the last
fiscal quarter, there has been no Material Adverse Change and (ii) a
schedule in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of the
computations used by the Borrower in determining compliance with the
covenants contained in Section 5.04.
(d) LITIGATION. Promptly after the commencement thereof, the
Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent notice of any action,
suit, litigation or proceeding of the kind described in Section 4.01(g).
(e) PUBLIC FILINGS. The Borrower shall, promptly upon their becoming
available, deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender copies of
any and all registration statements and regular periodic reports that the
Borrower shall have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or
any governmental agency substituted therefor) or any national securities
exchange.
(f) OTHER INFORMATION. The Borrower shall promptly furnish to the
Lenders through the Administrative Agent such other information respecting
the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance,
properties or prospects of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as the
Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably
request.
Section 5.04. FINANCIAL COVENANTS. So long as any principal of or interest
on any Advance or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any Note
shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the
Borrower will:
(a) LEVERAGE RATIO. Cause the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of
each fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be not greater than 4.25 to 1.00.
(b) NET WORKING CAPITAL. Cause the current assets of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries at all times to exceed the current liabilities of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries (all determined on a Consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP).
(c) INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO. Cause the Interest Coverage Ratio for
each Rolling Period to be at least equal to 2.50 to 1.00.
(d) NET WORTH. Cause Net Worth to exceed at all times the sum of (i)
$150,000,000 PLUS (ii) an amount equal to 50% of consolidated net income
(if positive) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter
of the Borrower commencing after September 30, 1997 PLUS (iii) an amount
equal to the net proceeds received by the Borrower from any issuance of
stock of the Borrower after the Closing Date.
ARTICLE VI
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Section 6.01. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. If any of the following events ("EVENTS
OF DEFAULT") shall occur and be continuing:
(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay when due any principal of or
interest on any Advance or any other amount payable by it under any Loan
Document; or
(b) any representation or warranty made by the Borrower under or in
connection with any Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in
any material respect when made; or
(c) the Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant
or agreement contained in Section 5.01(i), Section 5.02, or Section 5.03,
or Section 5.04; or
(d) the Borrower shall fail to perform any other term, covenant or
agreement contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or
observed if such failure shall remain unremedied for a period of 30 days
after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through
the Administrative Agent); or
(e) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to pay any
principal of, premium or interest on or any other amount payable in
respect of any other Material Debt of the Borrower or such Subsidiary (as
the case may be) when the same becomes due and payable (whether by
scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or
otherwise); or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under
any agreement or instrument relating to any Material Debt and shall
continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such
agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to
accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of Material
Debt or otherwise to cause, or to permit the holder or holders (or an
agent or trustee on its or their behalf) thereof to cause, such Material
Debt to become due in advance of its scheduled maturity; or
(f) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall generally not pay
its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its
inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment
for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or
against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it a
bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its
debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization
or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the
appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or
for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such
proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it) that is being
diligently contested by it in good faith, either such proceeding shall
remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days or any of the
actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the
entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver,
trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or any substantial
part of its property) shall occur; or the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the
actions set forth above in this subsection (f); or
(g) any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of
$2,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been
commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there shall
be any period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of
such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall
not be in effect, unless such judgment or order shall have been vacated,
satisfied or dismissed or bonded pending appeal; or
(h) a Change in Control shall occur; or
(i) there shall occur a "reportable event" within the meaning of
Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to any Plan of the Borrower or any of
its ERISA Affiliates; any fact or circumstance (including without
limitation an ERISA Event), which results in, or which the Required
Lenders determine in good faith could reasonably be expected to result in,
the termination of any Plan of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or an
ERISA Affiliate by the PBGC or the appointment by an appropriate United
States District Court of a trustee to administer any such Plan, shall
occur and shall continue for 30 days after written notice of such
determination shall have been given to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
by the Administrative Agent, or a trustee shall be appointed by the
appropriate United States District Court to administer any Plan of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or the PBGC shall institute
proceedings to terminate any Plan of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or to appoin a trustee to administer any such Plan and, upon
the occurrence of any of the foregoing, the aggregate amount of the
unfunded vested liability for the benefits guaranteed by the PBGC under
all such Plans and the present value of any Withdrawal Liability which
remains unpaid is reasonably estimated to be in excess of $75,000,000 and
such liability is not covered by insurance; or
(j) any Loan Document or any material provision thereof shall be
held to be invalid or unenforceable;
then, and in any such event, the Administrative Agent (i) shall at the
request, or may with the consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to
the Borrower, declare the obligation of each Lender to make Advances to be
terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate and (ii) shall at
the request, or may with the consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice
to the Borrower, declare the Advances and the Notes, all interest thereon
and all other amounts payable under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Advances and the
Notes, all such interest and all such amounts shall become and be
forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the
Borrower; PROVIDED, that in the event of an actual or deemed entry of an
order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Federal Bankruptcy
Code, (x) the obligation of each Lender to make Advances shall
automatically be terminated and (y) the Advances and the Notes, all such
interest and all such amounts shall automatically become and be due and
payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind,
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.
ARTICLE VII
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
Section 7.01. AUTHORIZATION AND ACTION. Each Lender hereby appoints and
authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf
and to exercise such powers and discretion under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof,
together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto.
As to any matters not expressly provided for by the Loan Documents, including,
without limitation, enforcement or collection of the Notes, the Administrative
Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, and
shall not be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully
protected in so acting or refraining from acting) except upon the instructions
of the Required Lenders, and such instructions shall be binding upon all Lenders
and all holders of the Notes; PROVIDED, that the Administrative Agent shall not
be required to take any action that exposes it to persona liability or that is
contrary to this Agreement or applicable law. The Administrative Agent agrees to
give to each Lender prompt notice of each notice given to it by the Borrower
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
Section 7.02. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S RELIANCE, ETC. Neither the
Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees
shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under
or in connection with the Loan Documents, except for its or their own gross
negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the generality of the
foregoing, the Administrative Agent (i) may treat the payee of any Note as the
holder thereof until the Administrative Agent receives and accepts an Assignment
and Acceptance entered into by the Lender that is the payee of such Note, as
assignor, and an Eligible Assignee, as assignee, as provided in Section 8.06;
(ii) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrower),
independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be
liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by them in
accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (iii) makes
no warranty or representation to any Lender and shall not be responsible to any
of them for any statements, warranties or representations made in or in
connection with the Loan Documents; (iv) shall not have any duty to ascertain or
to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or
conditions of any Loan Document on the part of the Borrower or to inspect the
property (including the books and records) of the Borrower; (v) shall not be
responsible to any Lender for the due execution, legality, validity,
enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of any Loan Document or any
other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; and (vi) shall incur no
liability under or in respect of any Loan Document by acting upon any notice,
consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telegram,
telecopy, cable or telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the
proper party or parties.
Section 7.03. CITIBANK AND AFFILIATES. With respect to its Commitments,
the Advances made by it and the Notes issued to it, Citibank shall have the same
rights and powers under the Loan Documents as any other Lender and may exercise
the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent; and the term "Lender"
or "Lenders" shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include Citibank in
its individual capacity. Citibank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from,
lend money to, act as trustee under indentures for, accept investment banking
engagements from and generally engage in any kind of business with, the
Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its Affiliates and any Person who may
do business with or own securities of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary or
Affiliate, all as if Citibank were not the Administrative Agent and without any
duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
Section 7.04. LENDER CREDIT DECISION. Each Lender acknowledges that it
has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any
other Lender and based on the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01
and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its
own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also
acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the
Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and
information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own
credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement.
Section 7.05. INDEMNIFICATION. The Lenders agree to indemnify the
Administrative Agent (to the extent not promptly reimbursed by the Borrower),
ratably according to the principal amounts of the Notes then held by each of
them (or if no Advances are at the time outstanding, ratably according to the
amounts of their Commitments), from and against any and all liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed
on, incurred by, or asserted against any of them in any way relating to or
arising out of the Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by any of them
under the Loan Documents; PROVIDED, that no Lender shall be liable for any
portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent. Without limitation
of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent
promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any costs and expenses payable by
the Borrower under Section 8.04 of this Agreement to the extent that the
Administrative Agent is not promptly reimbursed for such costs and expenses by
the Borrower.
Section 7.06. SUCCESSOR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. The Administrative Agent may
resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the
Borrower and may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Required
Lenders. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have
the right to appoint (subject, so long as no Default has occurred and is
continuing, to the consent of the Borrower, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld) a successor Administrative Agent. If no successor
Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, and
shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring
Administrative Agent's giving of notice of resignation or the Required Lenders'
removal of the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, then the retiring
Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint (subject, so long as
no Default has occurred and is continuing, to the consent of the Borrower, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) a successor Administrative Agent,
which shall be an Initial Lender or a commercial bank organized under the laws
of the United States or of any State thereof and having a combined capital and
surplus of at least $500,000,000. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as
Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent such
successor Administrative Agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the
rights, powers, discretion, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative
Agent, as the case may be, and such retiring Administrative Agent shall be
discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. After any
retiring Administrative Agent's resignation or removal hereunder as
Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article VII shall inure to the
benefit of the Administrative Agent as to any actions taken or omitted to be
taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 8.01. AMENDMENTS, CONSENTS, ETC. No amendment or waiver of any
provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, nor any consent to any
departure by the Borrower from any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing
and signed by the Required Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which
given; PROVIDED, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in
writing and signed by all the Lenders, do any of the following: (1) waive any of
the conditions specified in Section 3.01, (2) change the percentage of the
Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances, or the
number or percentage of Lenders, that shall be required for the Lenders or any
of them to take any action hereunder, (3) amend this Section 8.01, (4) reduce
the principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any fees or other amounts payable
hereunder or (5) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or
interest on, the Notes or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, and (ii)
no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the
Required Lenders and each Lender that would be adversely affected by such
amendment, waiver or consent, increase the Commitments of such Lender or subject
such Lender to any additional obligations; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no
amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the
Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to take such
action, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this
Agreement or any Note. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute
the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof
and thereof.
Section 8.02. NOTICES, ETC. All notices and other communications provided
for hereunder shall be in writing (including telecopy communication) and mailed,
telecopied or delivered:
(a) if to the Borrower, at One Whitehall Street, New York, NY 10004,
Attention Niels M. Johnsen, telephone number (212) 943-4141, telecopier
number (212) 514-5692;
(b) if to any Initial Lender, at its Domestic Lending Office
specified opposite its name on the signature pages hereof;
(c) if to any other Lender, at its Domestic Lending Office specified
in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender;
(d) if to the Administrative Agent, at its address at 2 Penns Way,
Suite 200, New Castle, Delaware 19720, Attention: Savas Divan, telephone
number 302-894-6030, telecopier number 302-894-6120; with copies to Jackie
Lai, telephone number 302-894-6022, telecopier number 302-894-6120;
or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such
party in a written notice to the other parties. All such notices and
communications shall, when mailed or telecopied, be effective when
deposited in the mails or transmitted by telecopier, respectively, except
that notices and communications to the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Article II or III shall not be effective until received by the
Administrative Agent.
Section 8.03. NO WAIVER; REMEDIES. No failure on the part of any Lender or
the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right
hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein
provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
Section 8.04. COSTS, EXPENSES AND INDEMNIFICATION.
(a) The Borrower agrees to pay on demand (i) all reasonable
out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection
with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification
and amendment of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the
reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley &
McCloy, special New York counsel to the Administrative Agent, whether or
not any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are
consummated, and the fees and expenses of counsel for the Administrative
Agent, with respect to advising the Administrative Agent as to its rights
and responsibilities, or the protection or preservation of rights or
interests, under the Loan Documents, and (ii) all out-of-pocket costs and
expenses of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with
the enforcement of the Loan Documents, whether in any action, suit or
litigation, any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceeding
affecting creditors' rights generally or otherwise (including, without
limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the
Administrative Agent and each Lender with respect thereto).
(b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Administrative Agent and each Lender and each of their Affiliates and
their officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and representatives
(each, an "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") from and against any and all claims,
damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation,
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) that may be incurred by or
asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party (other than a claim by a
Lender against another Lender or the Administrative Agent or by the
Administrative Agent against a Lender), in each case arising out of the
entering into and performance of the Loan Documents, the preparation for a
defense of, any investigation, litigation or proceeding arising therefrom
or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, in each
case whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is
brought by the Borrower, its directors, shareholders or creditors or an
Indemnified Party or any Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto,
except to the extent such claim, damage, loss, liability or expense is
found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent
jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Party's negligence or
willful misconduct. The Borrower also agrees that the Administrative
Agent, the Lenders, their Affiliates and their respective directors,
officers, employees, attorneys, agents or representatives shall have no
liability on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential
or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the
transactions contemplated herein or in any other Loan Document or the
actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Advances.
(c) If for any reason any payment of principal of, or Conversion of,
any Eurodollar Rate Advance is made by the Borrower to or for the account
of a Lender other than on the last day of an Interest Period for such
Advance, the Borrower shall, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of
such demand to the Administrative Agent), pay to the Administrative Agent
for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such
Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that it may incur as a
result of such payment, including, without limitation, any loss (excluding
loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the
liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such
Lender to fund or maintain such Advance. A certificate of such Lender
setting forth in reasonable detail the amount to which such Lender is then
entitled under this clause (c) shall be conclusive and binding on the
Borrower in the absence of manifest error.
(d) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender, so long as such
Lender shall be required under regulations of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System to maintain reserves with respect to
liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities
(or the equivalent), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of
each Eurodollar Rate Advance, from the date of such Eurodollar Rate
Advance until such principal amount is paid in full, at an interest rate
per annum equal at all times to the remainder obtained by subtracting (i)
the Eurodollar Rate for the then current Interest Period for such
Eurodollar Rate Advance from (ii) the rate obtained by dividing such
Eurodollar Rate by a percentage equal to 100% MINUS the Eurodollar Rate
Reserve Percentage for such Interest Period, payable on each date on which
interest is payable on such Eurodollar Rate Advance. A certificate of such
Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the amount to which such Lender
is then entitled under this clause (d) shall be conclusive and binding on
the Borrower in the absence of manifest error.
(e) If the Borrower fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or
other amounts payable by it under any Loan Document, including, without
limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and indemnities, such
amount may be paid on behalf of the Borrower by the Administrative Agent
or any Lender, in its sole discretion.
Section 8.05. GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. This
Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with,
the law of the State of New York. The Borrower hereby submits to the
nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern
District of New York and of any New York state court sitting in New York County
for the purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and hereby irrevocably
appoints CT Corporation System having offices on the date hereof at 1633
Broadway, New York, New York 10019 as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact in
its name, place and stead to accept such service of process. The Borrower
irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any
objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any
such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding
brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
Section 8.06. ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS.
(a) Each Lender may assign to one or more banks or other entities
all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement
(including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment, the
Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it); PROVIDED, that:
(i) except in the case of an assignment to a Person that,
immediately prior to such assignment, was a Lender or an assignment of all
of a Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, the amount of
the Commitment of the assigning Lender being assigned pursuant to each
such assignment (determined as of the date of the Assignment and
Acceptance with respect to such assignment) shall in no event be less than
the lesser of (x) such Lender's Commitments hereunder and (y) $5,000,000
or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (except as
otherwise agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent),
(ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Person that,
immediately prior to such assignment, was a Lender, each such assignment
shall be made only upon the prior written approval of the Administrative
Agent and (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) the
Borrower, such approvals not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed,
(iii) each such assignment shall be to an Eligible Assignee,
(iv) each such assignment by a Lender of its Advances, Commitment or
Note shall be made in such manner so that the same portion of its
Advances, Commitment and Note is assigned to the respective assignee, and
(v) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to
the Administrative Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the
Register, an Assignment and Acceptance, together with any Note or Notes
subject to such assignment and a processing and recordation fee of $3,000.
Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the
effective date specified in such Assignment and Acceptance, (x) the assignee
thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and
obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and
Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and (y) the
Lender assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations
hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance,
relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement
(and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining
portion of an assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement,
such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto).
(b) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the
Lender assignor thereunder and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with
each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided
in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no representation
or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements,
warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or
the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or
value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
hereto; (ii) such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and
assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the
Borrower or the performance or observance by the Borrower of any of its
obligations under this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished
pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of
this Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in
Section 4.01 and such other documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such
Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will, independently and without
reliance upon the Administrative Agent, such assigning Lender, or any other
Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate
at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking
action under this Agreement; (v) such assignee confirms that it is an Eligible
Assignee; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to
take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and
discretion under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by
the terms hereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably
incidental thereto; (vii) such assignee agrees to comply with its obligations
under Section 2.11(e); and (viii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in
accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this
Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
(c) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of
the Borrower, shall maintain at its address referred to in Section 8.02 a copy
of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and a register
for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment
of, and principal amount of the Advances owing to, each Lender from time to time
(the "REGISTER"). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding
for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the
Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. No assignment
shall be effective until it is recorded in the Register pursuant to this Section
8.06(c). The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any
Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior
notice.
(d) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by an
assigning Lender and an assignee, together with any Note or Notes subject to
such assignment, the Administrative Agent shall, if such Assignment and
Acceptance has been completed and is in substantially the form prescribed
herein, (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information
contained therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the
Borrower. Within five Business Days after its receipt of such notice, the
Borrower, at its own expense, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative
Agent in exchange for the surrendered Note or Notes a new Note or Notes to the
order of such assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment assumed by it
pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and, if the assigning Lender has
retained a Commitment, a new Note or Notes to the order of the assigning Lender
in an amount equal to the portion so retained by it hereunder. Such new Note or
Notes shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
amount of such surrendered Note or Notes, shall be dated the effective date of
such Assignment and Acceptance and shall otherwise be in substantially the form
of Exhibit A.
(e) Each Lender may sell participations in or to all or a portion of
its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation,
all or a portion of its Commitment, the Advances owing to it and the Note or
Notes held by it); PROVIDED, that (i) such Lender's obligations under this
Agreement (including, without limitation, its Commitment) shall remain
unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties
hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) such Lender shall remain
the holder of any such Note for all purposes of this Agreement, (iv) the
Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal
solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and
obligations under this Agreement and (v) no participant under any such
participation shall have any right to approve any amendment or waiver of any
provision of any Loan Document, or any consent to any departure by the Borrower
therefrom, except to the extent that such amendment, waiver or consent would
reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any fees or other amounts
payable hereunder, in each case to the extent subject to such participation,
postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the
Notes or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, in each case to the extent
subject to such participation.
(f) Any Lender may, in connection with any assignment or
participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section
8.06, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or
participant any information relating to the Borrower furnished to such Lender by
or on behalf of the Borrower; PROVIDED, that, prior to any such disclosure, the
assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall agree in
writing to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information received
by it from such Lender in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Borrower.
(g) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement,
any Lender may at any time create a security interest in all or any portion of
its rights under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Advances
owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) in favor of any Federal Reserve
Bank in accordance with Regulation A.
(h) Anything in this Section 8.06 to the contrary notwithstanding,
neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may acquire
(whether by assignment, participation or otherwise), and no Lender shall assign
or participate to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, any
interest in any Commitment, Advance or other amount owing hereunder without the
prior consent of each Lender.
Section 8.07. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be
executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this
Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed
counterpart of this Agreement.
Section 8.08. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY OF THE LOAN
DOCUMENTS, THE ADVANCES OR THE ACTIONS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER
IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.
Section 8.09. SURVIVAL. The obligations of the Borrower under
Sections 2.09, 2.11 and 8.04, and the obligations of the Lenders under Section
7.05, shall survive the repayment of the Advances and the termination of the
Commitments. In addition, each representation and warranty made, or deemed to be
made by a notice of any extension of credit, herein or pursuant hereto shall
survive the making of such representation and warranty, and no Lender shall be
deemed to have waived, by reason of making any extension of credit hereunder,
any Default that may arise by reason of such representation or warranty proving
to have been false or misleading, notwithstanding that such Lender or the
Administrative Agent may have had notice or knowledge or reason to believe that
such representation or warranty was false or misleading at the time such
extension of credit was made.
Section 8.10. CAPTIONS. The table of contents and captions and
section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of
reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of
this Agreement.
Section 8.11. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns, PROVIDED, that the Borrower may not assign any
of its rights or obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents without
the prior consent of all of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the
date first above written.
BORROWER
INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING CORPORATION
By
Title:
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
CITIBANK, N.A., as
Administrative Agent
By
Title:
<PAGE>
LENDERS
COMMITMENT
$25,000,000 CITIBANK, N.A.
By
Title:
Domestic Lending Office:
399 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10043
Eurodollar Lending Office:
399 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10043
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 4.01(b)
SUBSIDIARIES
See attached.
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 4.01(g)
LITIGATION
None.
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 4.01(m)
EXISTING DEBT
PART I
See attached.
PART II
See attached.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF NOTE
U.S.$________________ Dated: ___________, _____
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "BORROWER"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to
the order of _________________________ (the "LENDER") for the account of its
Applicable Lending Office (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below)
on the Commitment Termination Date (as so defined) the aggregate principal
amount of ________________ U.S. DOLLARS or, if less, the aggregate principal
amount of the Advances (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below)
owing to the Lender by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement on the
Commitment Termination Date.
The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount
of each Advance from the date of such Advance until such principal amount is
paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as are
specified in the Credit Agreement.
Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the
United States of America to Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, for the
account of the Lender at the office of Citibank, N.A. at Account No. 36852248 in
same day funds. Each Advance made by the Lender to the Borrower and the maturity
thereof, and all payments made on account of principal thereof, shall be
recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid
attached hereto which is part of this Note; PROVIDED, that the failure of the
Lender to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the
obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement.
This Note is one of the Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the
benefits of, the $25,000,000 Credit Agreement dated as of January 22, 1998 (said
Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time,
being the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), among the Borrower, the Lender and certain other
lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative
Agent.
The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest and notice
of any kind. No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any rights
hereunder on the part of the holder hereof shall operate as a waiver of such
rights.
This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with,
the law of the State of New York.
INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING CORPORATION
By________________________
Title:
<PAGE>
ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT OF
AMOUNT PRINCIPAL UNPAID
AND TYPE OF PAID OR PRINCIPAL NOTATION
DATE ADVANCE PREPAID BALANCE MADE BY
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING
Citibank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent
for the Lenders party
to the Credit Agreement
referred to below
2 Penns Way
New Castle, Delaware 19720
Attention:
Telephone:
Telecopy:
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, International Shipholding Corporation, refers to
the $25,000,000 Credit Agreement dated as of January 22, 1998 (said agreement,
as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, being the
"CREDIT AGREEMENT"), among the undersigned, as Borrower, certain Lenders party
thereto, and Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent. The terms
defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as defined therein.
The undersigned hereby requests a Borrowing under the Credit
Agreement (the "PROPOSED BORROWING"), as follows:
(1) The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is ___________ __,
_____.
(2) The Proposed Borrowing is to be comprised of [Base Rate
Advances] [Eurodollar Rate Advances].
(3) The aggregate amount of the Proposed Borrowing is $___________.
[(4) The initial Interest Period for each Advance made as part of
the Proposed Borrowing is ______ month[s]].
The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are
true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed Borrowing:
(A) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan
Documents are correct, before and after giving effect to the Proposed Borrowing
and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of
such date; and
(B) no Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from
the Proposed Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.
Very truly yours,
INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING CORPORATION
By___________________________
Title:
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
Reference is made to the $25,000,000 Credit Agreement dated as of
January 22, 1998 (said agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time, being the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), among International
Shipholding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "BORROWER"), Citibank,
N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent (in such capacity, the
"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT"), and certain Lenders party thereto. Terms defined in the
Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meaning
_________________ (the "ASSIGNOR") and _______________ (the
"ASSIGNEE") agree as follows:
1. The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the
Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, an interest in and to
the Assignor's rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as of the date
hereof, without recourse, equal to the percentage interest specified on Schedule
1. After giving effect to such sale and assignment, the Assignee's Commitment
and the amount of the Advances owing to the Assignee will be as set forth in
Schedule 1.
2. The Assignor (i) represents and warrants that it is the legal and
beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such
interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; (ii) makes no representation or
warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements,
warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Loan Documents
or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency
or value of the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished
pursuant thereto; (iii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or the
performance or observance by the Borrower of any of its obligations under the
Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto;
(iv) certifies that as of the date hereof there are no taxes or increased costs
payable under Sections 2.09 and 2.11 of the Credit Agreement, respectively, with
respect to its interest being assigned by it hereunder [except as disclosed on
Schedule 1 hereto]; and (v) attaches the Note(s) payable to its order and
requests that the Administrative Agent exchange such Note(s) for new Notes
payable to the order of the Assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment
assumed by the Assignee pursuant hereto and to the order of the Assignor in an
amount equal to the Commitment retained by the Assignor under the Credit
Agreement, respectively, as specified on Schedule 1.
3. The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the
Credit Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to
in Section 4.01 thereof and such other documents and information as it has
deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into
this Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and
without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender
and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action
under the Credit Agreement; (iii) confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee; (iv)
appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on
its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement as are
delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (v) agrees that it will perform in
accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the
Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender; (vi) specifies
as its address for its Domestic Lending Office and Eurodollar Lending Office the
offices set forth beneath its name on the signature pages hereof; (vii) attaches
any U.S. Internal Revenue Service forms required under Section 2.11 of the
Credit Agreement; and (viii) certifies that as of the Effective Date there are
no taxes or increased costs payable under Sections 2.09 or 2.11 of the Credit
Agreement [except as disclosed on Schedule 1 hereto, which taxes or increased
costs do not increase the amount of taxes or increased costs payable under said
Sections 2.09 or 2.11, respectively].
4. Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance, it
will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for acceptance and recording by
the Administrative Agent. The effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance
(the "EFFECTIVE DATE") shall be the date of acceptance hereof by the
Administrative Agent, unless otherwise specified on Schedule 1.
5. Upon such acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent,
as of the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit
Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have
the rights and obligations of, and be deemed for all purposes under the Credit
Agreement to be, a Lender thereunder and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent
provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement.
6. Upon such acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent,
from and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all
payments under the Credit Agreement and the Notes in respect of the interest
assigned hereby (including, without limitation, all payments of principal,
interest, facility fees and letter of credit fees and commissions with respect
thereto) to the Assignee. The Assignor and Assignee shall make all appropriate
adjustments in payments under the Credit Agreement and the Notes for periods
prior to the Effective Date directly between themselves.
7. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
8. This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of
which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and both of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed
counterpart of Schedule 1 to this Agreement and Acceptance by telecopier shall
be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment
and Acceptance.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Assignor and the Assignee have caused
Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed by their officers
thereunto duly authorized as of the date specified thereon.
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 1
to
ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
Percentage of Commitment being
assigned: _____________%
Assignee's Commitment: $_____________
Aggregate outstanding principal
amount of Advances assigned: $_____________
Principal amount of Note
payable to Assignee: $_____________
Principal amount of Note
payable to Assignor: $_____________
[Amount of Taxes or Increased
Costs of Assignor:] $_____________
[Amount of Taxes or Increased
Costs of Assignee:] $_____________
Effective Date (if other than
date of acceptance by the
Administrative Agent): ______, _____
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as Assignor
By:___________________________
Title:
Dated: __________, ____
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as Assignee
By:____________________________
Title:
Domestic Lending Office:
===================================
===================================
Eurodollar Lending Office:
===================================
===================================
Accepted this ____ day
of __________, _____
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
By:_______________________
Title:
Consented to:
INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING CORPORATION
By:_______________________
Title:
- --------
This date should be no earlier than five Business Days after delivery of
this Assignment and Acceptance to the Administrative Agent.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE]
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
I, , the [senior financial officer] of INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING
CORPORATION, hereby certify that:
1. I am the duly appointed [senior financial officer] of
International Shipholding Corporation, and as such I am providing this
Certificate for and on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement
dated as of January 22, 1998 between the Borrower, the lenders referred to
therein, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent (the "CREDIT AGREEMENT").
2. I am familiar with and have examined the provisions of the Credit
Agreement including, without limitation, those of Articles IV, V and VI therein.
3. No Default has occurred and is continuing as at the date hereof.
4. As of or for the relevant period ending , , the amounts and
financial ratios as contained in Sections 5.04(a) and 5.04(b) of the Credit
Agreement are as follows and detailed calculations thereof are attached hereto:
REQUIRED AMOUNT
ACTUAL AMOUNT OR LIMIT
(a) Leverage Ratio :1 :1
(b) Net Working Capital :1 :1
(c) Interest Coverage
Ratio :1 :1
(d) Net Worth
5. Since the end of the last fiscal quarter, there has been no
Material Adverse Change.
6. Unless the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms in the
Credit Agreement which appear herein without definitions shall have the meanings
ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.
DATED this day of , .
(Signature)
(Name - please print)
(Title of Senior Financial Officer)
INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING CORPORATION
EXHIBIT 12
STATEMENT OF COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(In thousands, except ratios)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Nine Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, September 30,
------------------------------------------------------- ------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
-------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Income before cumulative
effect of accounting change
or extraordinary item ......................... $ 6,499 $ 7,645 $13,051 $20,980 $ 8,636 $ 6,986 $ 1,675
Equity in net income (loss) of
unconsolidated entities
(net of applicable taxes) ..................... (1,421) (2,289) 776 331 0 0 0
Provision for income taxes ........................ 4,530 7,055 6,762 11,796 5,463 4,068 1,292
-------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Earnings from continuing
operations before income taxes ................ $ 12,450 $ 16,989 $19,037 $32,445 $14,099 $11,054 $ 2,967
======== ======== ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Fixed charges:
Interest on long-term debt .................... 21,679 21,245 21,650 25,561 28,528 21,478 20,879
Interest factor portion of rentals ............ 704 848 834 818 792 594 754
-------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total Fixed Charges ........................... $ 22,383 $ 22,093 $22,484 $26,379 $29,320 $22,072 $21,633
======== ======== ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Earnings from continuing operations
before income taxes and
fixed charges ................................. $ 34,833 $ 39,082 $41,521 $58,824 $43,419 $33,126 $24,600
======== ======== ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges ................ 1.6 1.8 1.9 2.2 1.5 1.5 1.1
======== ======== ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our reports
(and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this
registration statement.
/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
New Orleans, Louisiana
February 12, 1998
FORM T-1
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(B)(2) |__|
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
(EXACT NAME OF TRUSTEE AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
NEW YORK 13-5160382
(STATE OF INCORPORATION (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
IF NOT A U.S. NATIONAL BANK) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
48 WALL STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10286
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)
INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF OBLIGOR AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
DELAWARE 36-2989662
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
650 POYDRAS STREET
NEW ORLEANS, LOUISIANA 70130
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)
7 3/4% SERIES B SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007
(TITLE OF THE INDENTURE SECURITIES)
<PAGE>
1. GENERAL INFORMATION. FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO THE TRUSTEE:
(A) NAME AND ADDRESS OF EACH EXAMINING OR SUPERVISING AUTHORITY TO WHICH
IT IS SUBJECT.
NAME ADDRESS
SUPERINTENDENT OF BANKS OF THE STATE OF 2 RECTOR STREET, NEW YORK,
NEW YORK N.Y. 10006, AND ALBANY, N.Y. 12203
FEDERAL RESERVE BANK OF NEW YORK 33 LIBERTY PLAZA, NEW YORK,
N.Y. 10045
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20429
NEW YORK CLEARING HOUSE ASSOCIATION NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
(B) WHETHER IT IS AUTHORIZED TO EXERCISE CORPORATE TRUST POWERS.
YES.
2. AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR.
IF THE OBLIGOR IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE TRUSTEE, DESCRIBE EACH SUCH
AFFILIATION.
NONE.
16. LIST OF EXHIBITS.
EXHIBITS IDENTIFIED IN PARENTHESES BELOW, ON FILE WITH THE COMMISSION, ARE
INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AS AN EXHIBIT HERETO, PURSUANT TO RULE
7A-29 UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 (THE "ACT") AND 17 C.F.R.
229.10(D).
1. A COPY OF THE ORGANIZATION CERTIFICATE OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK
(FORMERLY IRVING TRUST COMPANY) AS NOW IN EFFECT, WHICH CONTAINS THE
AUTHORITY TO COMMENCE BUSINESS AND A GRANT OF POWERS TO EXERCISE
CORPORATE TRUST POWERS. (EXHIBIT 1 TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FORM T-1
FILED WITH REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 33-6215, EXHIBITS 1A AND 1B TO
FORM T-1 FILED WITH REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 33-21672 AND EXHIBIT
1 TO FORM T-1 FILED WITH REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 33-29637.)
4. A COPY OF THE EXISTING BY-LAWS OF THE TRUSTEE. (EXHIBIT 4 TO FORM
T-1 FILED WITH REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 33-31019.)
6. THE CONSENT OF THE TRUSTEE REQUIRED BY SECTION 321(B) OF THE ACT.
(EXHIBIT 6 TO FORM T-1 FILED WITH REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO.
33-44051.)
7. A COPY OF THE LATEST REPORT OF CONDITION OF THE TRUSTEE PUBLISHED
PURSUANT TO LAW OR TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ITS SUPERVISING OR
EXAMINING AUTHORITY.
-2-
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT, THE TRUSTEE, THE BANK OF NEW
YORK, A CORPORATION ORGANIZED AND EXISTING UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK, HAS DULY CAUSED THIS STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF
BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, ALL IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, AND
STATE OF NEW YORK, ON THE 5TH DAY OF FEBRUARY, 1998.
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
BY: /S/VAN K. BROWN
NAME: VAN K. BROWN
TITLE: ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENT
<PAGE>
Exhibit 7
Consolidated Report of Condition of
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
of 48 Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286
And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,
a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business September 30,
1997, published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of
this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.
Dollar Amounts
ASSETS in Thousands
Cash and balances due from depos-
itory institutions:
Noninterest-bearing balances and
currency and coin .................. $ 5,004,638
Interest-bearing balances .......... 1,271,514
Securities:
Held-to-maturity securities ........ 1,105,782
Available-for-sale securities ...... 3,164,271
Federal funds sold and Securities pur-
chased under agreements to resell...... 5,723,829
Loans and lease financing
receivables:
Loans and leases, net of unearned
income .................34,916,196
LESS: Allowance for loan and
lease losses ..............581,177
LESS: Allocated transfer risk
reserve........................429
Loans and leases, net of unearned
income, allowance, and reserve 34,334,590
Assets held in trading accounts ...... 2,035,284
Premises and fixed assets (including
capitalized leases) ................ 671,664
Other real estate owned .............. 13,306
Investments in unconsolidated
subsidiaries and associated
companies .......................... 210,685
Customers' liability to this bank on
acceptances outstanding ............ 1,463,446
Intangible assets .................... 753,190
Other assets ......................... 1,784,796
-----------
Total assets ......................... $57,536,995
===========
LIABILITIES
Deposits:
In domestic offices ................ $27,270,824
Noninterest-bearing ......12,160,977
Interest-bearing .........15,109,847
In foreign offices, Edge and
Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs ... 14,687,806
Noninterest-bearing .........657,479
Interest-bearing .........14,030,327
Federal funds purchased and Securities
sold under agreements to repurchase. 1,946,099
Demand notes issued to the U.S.
Treasury ........................... 283,793
Trading liabilities .................. 1,553,539
Other borrowed money:
With remaining maturity of one year
or less .......................... 2,245,014
With remaining maturity of more than
one year through three years.......... 0
With remaining maturity of more than
three years ......................... 45,664
Bank's liability on acceptances exe-
cuted and outstanding .............. 1,473,588
Subordinated notes and debentures .... 1,018,940
Other liabilities .................... 2,193,031
-----------
Total liabilities .................... 52,718,298
-----------
EQUITY CAPITAL
Common stock ........................ 1,135,284
Surplus ............................. 731,319
Undivided profits and capital
reserves .......................... 2,943,008
Net unrealized holding gains
(losses) on available-for-sale
securities ........................ 25,428
Cumulative foreign currency transla-
tion adjustments .................. ( 16,342)
------------
Total equity capital ................ 4,818,697
-----------
Total liabilities and equity
capital ........................... $57,536,995
===========
I, Robert E. Keilman, Senior Vice President and Comptroller of the
above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been
prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System and is true to the best of my knowledge and
belief.
Robert E. Keilman
We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of
Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our
knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions
issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and is true and
correct.
-
J. Carter Bacot |
Thomas A. Renyi |
Alan R. Griffith | Directors
INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING CORPORATION
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
FOR
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
7 3/4% SERIES B SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007
FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
7 3/4% SERIES A SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME,
ON MARCH ___, 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED BY
INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING CORPORATION
(AS SO EXTENDED, THE "EXPIRATION DATE").
THE EXCHANGE AGENT
FOR THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
FOR DELIVERY BY MAIL/
HAND DELIVERY/OVERNIGHT DELIVERY:
The Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Services Window, Ground Level
101 Barclay Street
New York, NY 10286
Attn:
FOR DELIVERY BY REGISTERED CERTIFIED MAIL:
The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street, 7E
New York , NY 10286
Attn:
BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION (FOR ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):
(212)
TO CONFIRM RECEIPT:
(212)
or
(800)
(Originals of all documents sent by facsimile should be sent promptly by
registered or certified mail, by hand or by overnight delivery service.)
DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION TO A NUMBER
OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE
INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt and review of the
Prospectus dated February ___, 1998 (the "Prospectus") of International
Shipholding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and this Letter
of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which together describe the
Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to
1
<PAGE>
exchange its 7 3/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2007 (the "New Notes"), which have
been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"), for a like principal amount of its currently issued and outstanding 7
3/4% Series A Senior Notes due 2007 (the "Old Notes"). Capitalized terms used
but not defined herein have the respective meaning given to them in the
Prospectus.
The Company reserves the right, at any time or from time to time, to
extend the Exchange Offer at its discretion, in which event the term "Expiration
Date" shall mean the latest date to which the Exchange Offer is extended. The
Company shall notify the Exchange Agent and each registered holder of the Old
Notes of any extension by oral or written notice prior to 9:00 a.m., New York
City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration
Date.
This Letter of Transmittal is to be used by a holder of Old Notes if
(i) original Old Notes, if available, are to be forwarded herewith or (ii)
tenders of Old Notes are to be made by book-entry transfer to the account
maintained by the Exchange Agent at the Depository Trust Company (the
"Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedures set forth in the
Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer - Book-Entry Transfer." Holders
of Old Notes whose Old Notes are not immediately available, or who are unable to
deliver their Old Notes and all other documents required by this Letter of
Transmittal to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or who are
unable to complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must
tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth
in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer - Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures." See Instruction 2. Delivery of documents to the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.
The term "holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person
in whose name Old Notes are registered on the books of the Company or any other
person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered
holder. The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter of
Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect
to the Exchange Offer. Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes must complete
this Letter of Transmittal in its entirety.
PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE PROSPECTUS
CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW.
THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE
FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE
PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.
2
<PAGE>
List below the Old Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates.
If the space below is inadequate, list the registered numbers and principal
amount on a separate signed schedule and affix the list to this Letter of
Transmittal.
DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES TENDERED
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Owner(s) as (it/they) appear(s) on the 7
3/4% Series A Senior Notes due 2007
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Certificate Aggregate Principal Principal
Numbers Amount Represented Amount
of Old Notes* by Old Notes Tendered
<S> <C>
Total Principal
Amount of Old
Notes Tendered**
</TABLE>
(If additional space is required, attach a continuation sheet in
substantially the above form.)
* Need not be completed by book-entry holders.
** Unless otherwise indicated, any tendering holder of Old Notes will be
deemed to have tendered the entire aggregate principal amount
represented by such Old Notes. All tenders must be in integral
multiples of $1,000.
METHOD OF DELIVERY
o Check here if tendered Old Notes are enclosed herewith.
o Check here if tendered Old Notes are being delivered by book-entry
transfer made to an account maintained by the Exchange Agent with a
Book-Entry Transfer Facility and complete the following:
Name of Tendering Institution:.................................
Account Number: ..............................................
Transaction Code Number: .....................................
o Check here if tendered Old Notes are being delivered pursuant to a
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and complete the following:
Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):...............................
...............................................................
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:............
Window Ticket Number (if available):...........................
Name of Eligible Institution that guaranteed delivery: .......
...............................................................
Account Number (if delivered by book-entry transfer): .........
3
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
Ladies and Gentlemen:
1. The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the Old Notes
described above pursuant to the Company's offer of $1,000 principal amount of
registered New Notes, in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of the Old
Notes, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Letter of
Transmittal and in the Prospectus, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.
2. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that it has full
authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Old Notes described
above. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional
documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or
desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of Old Notes.
3. The undersigned understands that the tender of the Old Notes
pursuant to all of the procedures set forth in the Prospectus will constitute an
agreement between the undersigned and the Company as to the terms and conditions
set forth in the Prospectus.
4. The undersigned acknowledge(s) that this Exchange Offer is being
made in reliance upon interpretations contained in no-action letters issued to
third parties by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC"), including Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, SEC No-Action Letter
(available April 13, 1989), and Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC No-Action Letter
(available June 5, 1991), as interpreted in the SEC's No-Action Letter to
Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, that the New Notes issued in exchange
for the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale,
resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than a broker-dealer
who purchased Old Notes exchanged for such New Notes directly from the Company
to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the
Securities Act and any such holder that is an "affiliate" of the Company within
the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act,
provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such
holders' business and such holders are not participating in, and have no
arrangement with any person to participate in, the distribution of such New
Notes.
5. Unless the box under the heading "Special Registration Instructions"
is checked, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that:
(i) the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being
obtained in the ordinary course of business of the person
receiving such New Notes, whether or not such person is the
holder;
(ii) neither the holder nor such other person has any arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution
of such New Notes; and
(iii) neither the holder nor such other person is an "affiliate," as
such term is defined under Rule 405 promulgated under the
Securities Act, of the Company, or if it is an affiliate, it
will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.
6. The undersigned may, if, and only if, unable to make all of the
representations and warranties contained in Item 5 above, elect to have its Old
Notes registered in the shelf registration statement described in the
registration rights agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement") dated as of
January 22, 1998 between the Company and the Initial Purchasers. Such election
may be made by checking the box under "Special Registration Instructions" on
page 6 hereof. By making such election, the undersigned agrees, as a holder of
Transfer Restricted Securities participating in a shelf registration, to
indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person, if any, who controls
the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities
(including, without limitation, the reasonable legal fees and other reasonable
expenses actually incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or
any claim asserted) caused by, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration
statement or prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or
4
<PAGE>
amendment thereof, or caused by, arising out of or based upon any omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading; but only with respect to information
relating to the undersigned furnished in writing by or on behalf of the
undersigned expressly for use in such registration statement or prospectus, or
any amendments or supplements thereto, or any preliminary prospectus. Any such
indemnification shall be governed by the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, the
provisions set forth therein regarding notice, retention of counsel,
contribution and payment of expenses. The above summary of the indemnification
provision of the Registration Rights Agreement is not intended to be exhaustive
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Registration Rights
Agreement.
7. If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned
represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a
distribution of New Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will
receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were
acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it
acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging and delivering a prospectus, the
undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer and Old
Notes held for its own account were not acquired as a result of market-making or
other trading activities, such Old Notes cannot be exchanged pursuant to the
Exchange Offer.
8. Any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon
the successors, assigns, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and
legal and personal representatives of the undersigned.
9. Unless otherwise indicated herein under "Special Issuance
Instructions," please issue the certificates for the New Notes in the name of
the undersigned.
5
<PAGE>
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTION
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 5 AND 6)
To be completed only (i) if Old Notes in a principal
amount not tendered, or New Notes issued in exchange
for Old Notes accepted for exchange, are to be issued in
the name of someone other than the undersigned, or (ii) if
Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer which are not
exchanged are to be returned by credit to an account
maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility. Issue
New Notes and/or Old Notes to:
Name.......................................................
(Type or Print)
Address....................................................
...........................................................
(Zip Code)
...........................................................
(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)
(Complete Substitute Form W-9)
Credit unexchanged Old Notes delivered by book-entry
transfer to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility set forth
below:
Book-Entry Transfer Facility Account Number:
...........................................................
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 5 AND 6)
To be completed ONLY if the New Notes are to
be issued or sent to someone other than the
undersigned or to the undersigned at an address
other than as indicated above.
o Mail o Issue (check appropriate
boxes) certificates to:
Name................................................
(Type or Print)
Address.............................................
....................................................
(Zip Code)
....................................................
(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)
SPECIAL REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS
To be completed ONLY if (i) the undersigned satisfies the conditions set
forth in Item 6 above, (ii) the undersigned elects to register its Old Notes in
the shelf registration statement described in the Registration Rights e.
Agreement and (iii) the undersigned agrees to indemnify certain entities and
individuals as set forth in Item 6 abov (SEE Item 6).
o By checking this box the undersigned hereby (i) represents that it is
unable to make all of the representatf and warranties set forth in Item
5 above, (ii) elects to have its Old Notes registered pursuant to the
shel registration statement described in the Registration Rights
Agreement and (iii) agrees to indemnify certain entities and individuals
identified in, and to the extent provided in, Item 6 above.
SPECIAL BROKER-DEALER INSTRUCTIONS
o Check here if you are a broker-dealer and wish to receive additional
copies of the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto.
Name .................................................................
Address .................................................................
.................................................................
(Zip Code)
Number of additional copies ................................................
IMPORTANT
PLEASE SIGN HERE WHETHER OR NOT
OLD NOTES ARE BEING PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY
(Complete Accompanying Substitute Form W-9 on Last Page)
...........................................................................
...........................................................................
(Signature(s) of Registered Holders of Old Notes)
Dated .........................................., 1997
(The above lines must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Old Notes as
name(s) appear(s) on the Old Notes or nd on a security position listing, or by
person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by a properly completed
botes power from the registered holder(s), a copy of which must be transmitted
with this Letter of Transmittal. If Old Nost to which this Letter of Transmittal
relate are held of record by two or more joint holders, then all such holders mu
officer sign this Letter of Transmittal. If signature is by a trustee, executor,
administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact,th of a corporation or other person
acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, then such person must (i) set
forch his or her full title below and (ii) unless waived by the Company, submit
evidence satisfactory to the Company of su person's authority so to act. See
Instruction 5 regarding completion of this Letter of Transmittal, printed
below.)
Name(s).....................................................................
(Please Type or Print)
Capacity:...................................................................
Address:....................................................................
...................................................................
(Include Zip Code)
Area Code and Telephone Number: ...........................................
MEDALLION SIGNATURE GUARANTEE (If
Required by Instruction 5)
Certain signatures must be Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
Signature(s) Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution: ...........................
(Authorized Signature)
......................................................................
(Title)
......................................................................
(Name of Firm)
......................................................................
(Address, Include Zip Code)
......................................................................
(Area Code and Telephone Number)
Dated:..................................., 1997
6
<PAGE>
INSTRUCTIONS TO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
1. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND OLD NOTES OR BOOK-ENTRY
CONFIRMATIONS.
All physically delivered Old Notes or any confirmation of a book-entry
transfer to the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility of
Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation"), as well
as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal or
facsimile hereof, and any other documents required by this Letter of
Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth
herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The
method of delivery of the tendered Old Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all
other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of
the holder and, except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed
made only when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent. If such
delivery is by mail, it is recommended that registered mail, properly insured,
with return receipt requested, be used. Instead of delivery by mail, it is
recommended that the holder use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all
cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to the Exchange
Agent before the Expiration Date. No Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes should
be sent to the Company.
2. GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES.
If a registered holder of the Old Notes desires to tender such Old
Notes and the Old Notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit
such holder's Old Notes or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent
before the Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be
completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if: (i) the tender is made
through an Eligible Institution; (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange
Agent receives from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly
executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company (by telegram, telex,
facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and
address of the holder of Old Notes and the amount of Old Notes tendered, stating
that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within five New York
Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading days after the date of execution of the Notice
of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes,
in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be,
and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited
by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) the certificates
for all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a
Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by
the Letter of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within five NYSE
trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
Any holder of Old Notes who wishes to tender Old Notes pursuant to the
guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange
Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the Expiration Date. Upon request of the Exchange Agent, a Notice
of Guaranteed Delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their Old
Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above. See "The
Exchange Offer - Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus.
3. TENDER BY HOLDER.
Only a registered holder of Old Notes may tender such Old Notes in the
Exchange Offer. Any beneficial owner of Old Notes who is not the registered
holder and who wishes to tender should arrange with the registered holder to
execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his behalf or must, prior to
completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering his Old
Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old
Notes in such beneficial owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power
from the registered holder.
4. PARTIAL TENDERS.
Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of
$1,000. If less than the entire principal amount of any Old Notes is tendered,
the tendering holder should fill in the principal amount tendered in the third
column of the box entitled "Description of Old Notes Tendered" above. The entire
principal amount of Old Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to
have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of
all Old Notes is not tendered, then Old Notes for the principal amount of Old
Notes not tendered and New Notes issued in exchange for any Old Notes accepted
will be sent to the holder at his or her registered address, unless a different
7
<PAGE>
address is provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal,
promptly after the Old Notes are accepted for exchange.
5. SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL; BOND POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS;
GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the
record holder(s) of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond
with the name(s) as written on the face of the Old Notes without alteration,
enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile hereof) is signed by a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility, the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the
security position listing as the holder of the Old Notes.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the
registered holder or holders of Old Notes listed and tendered hereby and the New
Notes issued in exchange therefor are to be issued (or any untendered principal
amount of Old Notes is to be reissued) to the registered holder, such holder
need not and should not endorse any tendered Old Notes, nor provide a separate
bond power. In any other case, such holder must either properly endorse the Old
Notes tendered or transmit a properly completed separate bond power with this
Letter of Transmittal, with the signatures on the endorsement or bond power
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a
person other than the registered holder or holders of any Old Notes listed, such
Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in each
case signed as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the Old
Notes.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) or any Old Notes or
bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and,
unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their
authority to act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.
Endorsements on Old Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this
Instruction 5 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
No signature guarantee is required if (i) this Letter of Transmittal
(or facsimile hereof) is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes
tendered herein (or by a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility whose
name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the tendered Old
Notes) and the New Notes are to be issued directly to such registered holder(s)
(or, if signed by a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, deposited
to such participant's account at such Book-Entry Transfer Facility) and neither
the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" nor the box entitled "Special
Issuance Instructions" has been completed, or (ii) such Old Notes are tendered
for the account of an Eligible Institution. In all other cases, all signatures
on this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) must be guaranteed by an
Eligible Institution.
6. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.
Tendering holders should indicate, in the applicable box or boxes, the
name and address (or account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility) to which New
Notes or substitute Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted
for exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of
the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a
different name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the
person named must also be indicated.
7. TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.
Federal income tax law requires that a holder of any Old Notes that are
accepted for exchange must provide the Company (as payor) with its correct
taxpayer identification number ("TIN"), which, in the case of a holder who is an
individual is his or her social security number. If the Company is not provided
with the correct TIN, the holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by
Internal Revenue Service. (If withholding results in an over-payment of taxes, a
refund may be obtained.) Certain holders (including, among others, all
corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup
withholding and reporting requirements. See the enclosed "Guidelines for
Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for
additional instructions.
8
<PAGE>
To prevent backup withholding, each tendering holder must provide such
holder's correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 set forth herein,
certifying that the TIN provided is correct (or that such holder is awaiting a
TIN), and that (i) the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue
Service that such holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure
to report all interest or dividends or (ii) the Internal Revenue Service has
notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to backup withholding.
If the Old Notes are registered in more than one name or are not in the name of
the actual owner, see the enclosed "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer
Identification Number of Substitute Form W-9" for information on which TIN to
report.
The Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to take whatever
steps are necessary to comply with the Company's obligations regarding backup
withholding.
8. VALIDITY OF TENDERS.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of Old Notes tendered for exchange will be
determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, which determination shall be
final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any or all
tenders not properly tendered or to not accept any particular Old Notes which
acceptance might, in the judgment of the Company or its counsel, be unlawful.
The Company also reserves the absolute right to waive any defects or
irregularities or conditions of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Old
Notes either before or after the Expiration Date (including the right to waive
the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Old Notes in the Exchange
Offer). The Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange
Offer as to any particular Old Notes either before or after the Expiration Date
(including the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) shall be
final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities
in connection with tenders of Old Notes for exchange must be cured within such
reasonable period of time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company,
the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give
notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Old
Notes for exchange; nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to
give such notification. Tenders of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been
made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Old
Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to
which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be
returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise
provided in the Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the
Expiration Date.
9. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS.
The Company reserves the absolute right to waive, in whole or part, any
of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus.
10. NO CONDITIONAL TENDER.
No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tender of Old
Notes on transmittal of this Letter of Transmittal will be accepted.
11. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OLD NOTES.
Any holder whose Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or
destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for
further instructions.
12. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES.
Requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus or
this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address
or telephone number set forth on the cover page of this Letter of Transmittal.
Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or
other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.
9
<PAGE>
13. WITHDRAWAL.
Tenders may be withdrawn only pursuant to the withdrawal rights set
forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer - Withdrawal
Rights."
IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A MANUALLY SIGNED FACSIMILE HEREOF
(TOGETHER WITH THE OLD NOTES DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER OR IN ORIGINAL
HARD COPY FORM) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR THE NOTICE OF
GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT, PRIOR TO THE
EXPIRATION DATE.
10
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
SUBSTITUTE PART 1 - PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN Social Security Number
IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY OR Employer Identification Number
FORM W-9 BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY PART 2 - Certification - Under penalties of perjury, I PART 3 -
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE certify that:
(1) The number shown on this form is my
correct Awaiting TIN o Taxpayer
Identification Number (or I am waiting
for a number to be issued to me) and
(2) I am not subject to backup withholding either Please complete the
PAYER'S REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER because I have not been notified by the Internal Certificate of Awaiting
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN) Revenue Service ("IRS") that I am subject to Taxpayer Identification
backup withholding as a result of failure to Number below.
report all interest or dividends, or the IRS has
notified me that I am no longer subject to backup
withholding.
</TABLE>
Certificate Instructions - You must cross out item (2) in Part 2 above if you
have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because
of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after
being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding you
received another notification from the IRS stating that you are no longer
subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2).
SIGNATURE DATE , 1997
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP
WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.
PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED
THE BOX IN PART 3 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number
has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an
application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate
Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b)
I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that
if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number to the payor within 60
days, 31% of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld
until I provide a number.
Signature Date , 1997
CERTIFICATE FOR FOREIGN RECORD HOLDERS
Under penalties of perjury, I certify that I am not a United States citizen
or resident (or I am signing for a foreign corporation, partnership, estate or
trust).
Signature Date , 1997
11
INTERNATIONAL SHIPHOLDING CORPORATION
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
OF 7 3/4% SERIES A SENIOR NOTES
DUE 2007
As set forth in the Prospectus dated February __, 1998 (as the same may
be amended or supplemented from time to time, the "Prospectus") of International
Shipholding Corporation (the "Issuer") under "The Exchange Offer Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures" and in the Letter of Transmittal for Offer to Exchange 7
3/4% Series B Senior Notes due 2007 (the "Letter of Transmittal"), this form or
one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the Exchange Offer
(as defined below) of the Issuer if: (i) certificates for the above-referenced
Notes (the "Old Notes") are not immediately available, (ii) time will not permit
all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent (as defined below) on or
prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in the Letter of Transmittal) or (iii)
the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on or prior to the
Expiration Date. Such form may be delivered by hand or transmitted by telegram,
telex, facsimile transmission or mail to the Exchange Agent.
To: The Bank of New York (the "Exchange Agent")
FOR DELIVERY BY MAIL/
HAND DELIVERY/OVERNIGHT DELIVERY:
FOR DELIVERY BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL:
The Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Services Window, Ground Level The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street 101 Barclay Street, 7E
New York, NY 10286 New York, NY 10286
Attn: Attn:
BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION (FOR ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):
(212)
TO CONFIRM RECEIPT:
(212)
or
(800)
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OR NUMBER OTHER THAN THOSE SHOWN
ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE VALID DELIVERY.
<PAGE>
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer, upon the terms and
conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal (which
together constitute the "Exchange Offer"), receipt of which are hereby
acknowledged, the principal amount of Old Notes set forth below pursuant to the
guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus and the Letter of
Transmittal.
The undersigned understands and acknowledges that the Exchange Offer
will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on March ___, 1998, unless
extended by the Issuer. With respect to the Exchange Offer, "Expiration Date"
means such time and date, or if the Exchange Offer is extended, the latest time
and date to which the Exchange Offer is so extended by the Issuer.
All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice
of Guaranteed Delivery shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned
and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors,
administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal
representatives of the undersigned.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES TENDERED
Certificate Number(s) (if known) Aggregate Principal Amount Principal
of Old Notes or Account Number Represented by Amount
at the Book-Entry Facility Old Notes Tendered
<S> <C>
Total:
</TABLE>
Please Sign and Complete
Signature(s): .................. Name(s): ...........................
................................ ....................................
Address: ....................... Capacity (full title), if signing in a
................................ representative capacity:
(Zip Code) ...............................
Area Code and Telephone Number:
............................Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:
Dated: ..............................................................
<PAGE>
GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY
The undersigned, a member of a recognized signature guarantee medallion
program within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, hereby guarantees (a) that the above-named person(s) own(s)
the above-described securities tendered hereby within the meaning of Rule 10b-4
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, (b) that such tender of the
above-described securities complies with Rule 10b-4, and (c) that delivery to
the Exchange Agent of certificates tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer,
or delivery of such certificates pursuant to the procedure for book-entry
transfer, in either case with delivery of a properly completed and duly executed
Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and any other required documents,
is being made within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of
execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery of the above-named person.
---------------------------------------------
(Name of Firm)
Sign here: ____________________________________
(Authorized Signature)
Name: ______________________________________
(Please type or print)
---------------------------------------------
(Area Code and Telephone Number)
---------------------------------------------
Dated: ________________________, 1998
Address Zip Code
